Extreme Networks ExtremeWare XOS Command Reference Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Extreme Networks Manuals
  4. Software
  5. ExtremeWare XOS Command
  6. Command reference manual
Extreme Networks ExtremeWare XOS Command Reference Manual

Extreme Networks ExtremeWare XOS Command Reference Manual

Version 11.0
Hide thumbs Also See for ExtremeWare XOS:
1
2
Table Of Contents
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual See also: Manual, Command Reference Manual
ExtremeWare XOS Command
Reference Guide
Software Version 11.0
Extreme Networks, Inc.
3585 Monroe Street
Santa Clara, California 95051
(888) 257-3000
http://www.extremenetworks.com
Published: September 2004
Part number: 100151-00 rev 04

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the ExtremeWare XOS and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Extreme Networks ExtremeWare XOS

Summary of Contents for Extreme Networks ExtremeWare XOS

  • Page 1 ExtremeWare XOS Command Reference Guide Software Version 11.0 Extreme Networks, Inc. 3585 Monroe Street Santa Clara, California 95051 (888) 257-3000 http://www.extremenetworks.com Published: September 2004 Part number: 100151-00 rev 04...
  • Page 2 Solution Partners Logo, ServiceWatch, Summit, the Summit7i Logo, and the Color Purple, among others, are trademarks or registered trademarks of Extreme Networks, Inc. or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Other names and marks may be the property of their respective owners.

  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    Contents Preface Chapter 1 Command Reference Overview Chapter 2 Commands for Accessing the Switch clear session configure account configure banner configure cli max-sessions configure cli max-failed-logins configure dns-client add configure dns-client default-domain configure dns-client delete configure failsafe-account configure idletimeout configure time configure timezone create account delete account...
  • Page 4 Contents history ping reboot show account show banner show dns-client show switch traceroute Chapter 3 Commands for Managing the Switch configure node priority configure snmp add community configure snmp add trapreceiver configure snmp delete community configure snmp delete trapreceiver configure snmp sysContact configure snmp sysLocation configure snmp sysName configure snmpv3 add access...
  • Page 5 Contents configure snmpv3 delete mib-view configure snmpv3 delete notify configure snmpv3 delete target-addr configure snmpv3 delete target-params configure snmpv3 delete user configure snmpv3 engine-boots configure snmpv3 engine-id configure sntp-client configure sntp-client update-interval configure telnet port configure telnet vr disable dhcp vlan disable snmp access disable sntp-client disable telnet...
  • Page 6 Contents show snmpv3 context show snmpv3 counters show snmpv3 engine-info show snmpv3 filter show snmpv3 filter-profile show snmpv3 group show snmpv3 mib-view show snmpv3 notify show snmpv3 target-addr show snmpv3 extreme-target-addr-ext show snmpv3 target-params show snmpv3 user show sntp-client start process telnet terminate process tftp...
  • Page 7 Contents disable jumbo-frame ports disable learning port disable mirroring disable port disable sharing disable slot enable edp ports enable jumbo-frame ports enable learning port enable mirroring to port enable port enable sharing grouping enable slot restart ports run msm-failover show edp show mirroring show ports collisions show ports configuration...
  • Page 8 Contents configure vlan tag configure vman add ports configure vman delete ports configure vman ethertype configure vman tag create protocol create vlan create vman delete protocol delete vlan delete vman disable loopback-mode vlan enable loopback-mode vlan show protocol show vlan show vman unconfigure vlan ipaddress Chapter 6...
  • Page 9 Contents Chapter 8 QoS Commands configure diffserv examination code-point configure diffserv replacement configure dot1p type configure ports qosprofile configure qosprofile ingress ports configure qosprofile ports configure vlan qosprofile disable diffserv examination port disable diffserv replacement port disable dot1p replacement ports enable diffserv examination port enable diffserv replacement ports enable dot1p replacement ports...
  • Page 10 Contents configure sflow poll-interval configure sflow ports sample-rate configure sflow sample-rate configure sys-health-check interval configure sys-recovery-level configure syslog add configure syslog delete create log filter delete log filter disable cli-config-logging disable log debug-mode disable log target disable sflow disable sflow ports disable sys-health-check disable syslog enable cli-config-logging...
  • Page 11 Contents show ports stats show ports txerrors show process show sflow configuration show sflow statistics show temperature show version unconfigure log filter unconfigure log target format unconfigure sflow unconfigure sflow agent unconfigure sflow collector upload log Chapter 10 Security Commands check policy clear access-list counter clear vlan dhcp-address-allocation...
  • Page 12 Contents configure vlan dhcp-options disable access-list refresh blackhole disable dhcp ports vlan disable radius disable radius-accounting disable ssh2 disable tacacs disable tacacs-accounting disable tacacs-authorization edit policy enable access-list refresh blackhole enable dhcp ports vlan enable radius enable radius-accounting enable ssh2 enable tacacs enable tacacs-accounting enable tacacs-authorization...
  • Page 13 Contents unconfigure tacacs-accounting unconfigure vlan dhcp unconfigure vlan dhcp-address-range unconfigure vlan dhcp-options Chapter 11 EAPS Commands configure eaps add control vlan configure eaps add protect vlan configure eaps delete control vlan configure eaps delete protect vlan configure eaps failtime configure eaps failtime expiry-action configure eaps fast-convergence configure eaps hellotime configure eaps mode...
  • Page 14 Contents configure stpd ports mode configure stpd ports priority configure stpd priority configure stpd tag configure vlan add ports stpd create stpd delete stpd disable stpd disable stpd auto-bind disable stpd ports disable stpd rapid-root-failover enable stpd enable stpd auto-bind enable stpd ports enable stpd rapid-root-failover show stpd...
  • Page 15 Contents configure esrp delete track-iproute configure esrp delete track-ping configure esrp delete track-vlan configure esrp domain-id configure esrp election-policy configure esrp group configure esrp mode configure esrp name configure esrp ports mode configure esrp ports no-restart configure esrp ports restart configure esrp priority configure esrp timer hello configure esrp timer neighbor...
  • Page 16 Contents configure vrrp vlan vrid delete track-ping configure vrrp vlan vrid delete track-vlan configure vrrp vlan vrid dont-preempt configure vrrp vlan vrid preempt configure vrrp vlan vrid priority create vrrp vlan vrid delete vrrp vlan vrid disable vrrp vrid enable vrrp vrid show vrrp show vrrp vlan Chapter 15...
  • Page 17 Contents configure vlan add secondary-ipaddress configure vlan delete secondary-ipaddress disable bootp vlan disable bootprelay disable icmp address-mask disable icmp parameter-problem disable icmp port-unreachables disable icmp redirects disable icmp time-exceeded disable icmp timestamp disable icmp unreachables disable icmp useredirects disable iparp checking disable iparp refresh disable ipforwarding disable ip-option loose-source-route...
  • Page 18 Contents enable ipforwarding enable ip-option loose-source-route enable ip-option record-route enable ip-option record-timestamp enable ip-option strict-source-route enable ip-option router-alert enable iproute sharing enable irdp enable udp-echo-server rtlookup show bootprelay show iparp show iparp proxy show ipconfig show iproute show iproute origin show ipstats unconfigure icmp unconfigure iparp...
  • Page 19 Contents configure ospf area normal configure ospf area nssa stub-default-cost configure ospf area stub stub-default-cost configure ospf area timer configure ospf ase-limit configure ospf ase-summary add configure ospf ase-summary delete configure ospf delete virtual-link configure ospf delete vlan configure ospf import-policy configure ospf lsa-batch-interval configure ospf metric-table configure ospf routerid...
  • Page 20 Contents disable ospf export disable ospf originate-default disable ospf use-ip-router-alert disable rip disable rip aggregation disable rip export disable rip originate-default disable rip poisonreverse disable rip splithorizon disable rip triggerupdate disable rip use-ip-router-alert enable ospf enable ospf capability opaque-lsa enable ospf export enable ospf originate-default enable ospf use-ip-router-alert enable rip...
  • Page 21 Contents show rip show rip interface show rip interface vlan show rip memory show rip routes unconfigure ospf unconfigure rip Chapter 17 BGP Commands clear bgp neighbor counters clear bgp flap-statistics configure bgp add aggregate-address configure bgp add confederation-peer sub-AS-number configure bgp add network configure bgp AS-number configure bgp cluster-id...
  • Page 22 Contents configure bgp neighbor shutdown-priority configure bgp neighbor soft-reset configure bgp neighbor source-interface configure bgp neighbor timer configure bgp neighbor weight configure bgp peer-group dampening configure bgp peer-group maximum-prefix configure bgp peer-group next-hop-self configure bgp peer-group no-dampening configure bgp peer-group route-reflector-client configure bgp peer-group send-community configure bgp peer-group password configure bgp peer-group remote-AS-number...
  • Page 23 Contents disable bgp neighbor use-ip-router-alert disable bgp peer-group disable bgp peer-group capability disable bgp peer-group remove-private-AS-numbers disable bgp peer-group soft-in-reset disable bgp peer-group use-ip-router-alert enable bgp enable bgp aggregation enable bgp always-compare-med enable bgp community format enable bgp export enable bgp neighbor enable bgp neighbor capability enable bgp neighbor remove-private-AS-numbers enable bgp neighbor soft-in-reset...
  • Page 24 Contents configure igmp snooping vlan ports add static group configure igmp snooping vlan ports delete static group configure igmp snooping vlan ports add static router configure igmp snooping vlan ports delete static router configure igmp snooping vlan ports filter configure igmp snooping flood-list configure igmp snooping leave-timeout configure igmp snooping timer configure pim add vlan...
  • Page 25 Contents show pim show pim cache unconfigure igmp unconfigure pim Appendix A Configuration and Image Commands download bootrom download image install bootrom install image run update save configuration show configuration show memorycard synchronize unconfigure switch uninstall image use configuration use image Appendix B Troubleshooting Commands disable log debug-mode...
  • Page 26 Contents ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 27: Preface

    Introduction This guide provides the complete syntax for all the commands available in the currently-supported versions of the ExtremeWare XOS software running on modular switches from Extreme Networks ® This guide is intended for use as a reference by network administrators who are responsible for installing and setting up network equipment.

  • Page 28: Related Publications

    • ExtremeWare XOS release notes • ExtremeWare XOS Concepts Guide • Extreme Networks BlackDiamond 10K-Series Switch Installation Guide Documentation for Extreme Networks products is available on the World Wide Web at the following location: http://www.extremenetworks.com/services ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 29: Command Reference Overview

    This guide does not provide feature descriptions, explanations of the technologies, or configuration examples. For information about the various features and technologies supported by Extreme Networks switches, see the installation and user guides for your product. This guide does not replace the installation and user guides;...
  • Page 30 Command Reference Overview • Server Load Balancing (SLB) concepts • Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) This guide also assumes that you have read the Installation and User Guide for your product. Structure of this Guide This guide documents each ExtremeWare XOS command. Related commands are grouped together and organized into chapters based on their most common usage.

  • Page 31: Understanding The Command Syntax

    Understanding the Command Syntax Understanding the Command Syntax When entering a command at the prompt, ensure that you have the appropriate privilege level. Most configuration commands require you to have the administrator privilege level. You may see a variety of symbols shown as part of the command syntax. These symbols explain how to enter the command, and you do not type them as part of the command itself.

  • Page 32: Command Shortcuts

    Command Reference Overview Abbreviated Syntax Abbreviated syntax is the shortest unambiguous allowable abbreviation of a command or parameter. Typically, this is the first three letters of the command. If you do not enter enough letters to allow the switch to determine which command you mean, the syntax helper will provide a list of the options based on the portion of the command you have entered.
  • Page 33 Line-Editing Keys A < can be a range of numbers. For example, ports 1 through 3 on slot 3 would be: port_list> port 3:1-3:3 You can add additional slot and port numbers to the list, separated by a comma: port 3:1,4:8,6:10 You can specify all ports on a particular slot, using the asterisk (*) wildcard.

  • Page 34: Command History

    Command Reference Overview Command History ExtremeWare XOS “remembers” all the commands you enter. You can display a list of these commands by using the following command: history If you use a command more than once, consecutively, the history will only list the first instance. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 35: Commands For Accessing The Switch

    Commands for Accessing the Switch This chapter describes commands used for: • Accessing and configuring the switch including how to set up user accounts, passwords, date and time settings, and software licenses • Configuring the Domain Name Service (DNS) client •...

  • Page 36: Clear Session

    Commands for Accessing the Switch clear session clear session [<sessId> | all] Description Terminates a Telnet session from the switch. Syntax Description sessId Specifies a session number from show session output to terminate. Terminates all sessions. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines An administrator-level account can disconnect a management session that has been established by way of a Telnet connection.

  • Page 37: Configure Account

    configure account configure account configure account <name> <password> Description Configures a user account password. Syntax Description name Specifies a user account name. password Specifies a user password. See “Usage Guidelines” for more information. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines You must create a user account before you can configure a user account. Use the create account command to create a user account.

  • Page 38: Configure Banner

    Commands for Accessing the Switch configure banner configure banner Description Configures the banner string that is displayed at the beginning of each login prompt of each session. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Press [Return] at the beginning of a line to terminate the command and apply the banner.

  • Page 39: Configure Cli Max-Sessions

    configure cli max-sessions configure cli max-sessions configure cli max-sessions <num-of-sessions> Description Limits number of simultaneous CLI sessions on the switch. Syntax Description num-of-sessions Specifies the maximum number of concurrent sessions permitted. Default The default is eight sessions. Usage Guidelines The value must be greater than 0. Example configure cli max-sessions 10 History...

  • Page 40: Configure Cli Max-Failed-Logins

    Commands for Accessing the Switch configure cli max-failed-logins configure cli max-failed-logins <num-of-logins> Description Establishes the maximum number of failed logins permitted before the session is terminated. Syntax Description num-of-logins Specifies the maximum number of failed logins permitted. Default The default is three logins. Usage Guidelines The value must be greater than 0.

  • Page 41: Configure Dns-Client Add

    configure dns-client add configure dns-client add configure dns-client add [domain-suffix <domain_name> | name-server <ip_address> {vr <vr_name>}] Description Adds a domain suffix to the domain suffix list or a name server to the available server list for the DNS client. Syntax Description domain-suffix Specifies adding a domain suffix.

  • Page 42: Configure Dns-Client Default-Domain

    Commands for Accessing the Switch configure dns-client default-domain configure dns-client default-domain <domain_name> Description Configures the domain that the DNS client uses if a fully qualified domain name is not entered. Syntax Description domain_name Specifies a default domain name. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines The default domain name will be used to create a fully qualified host name when a domain name is not specified.

  • Page 43: Configure Dns-Client Delete

    configure dns-client delete configure dns-client delete configure dns-client delete [domain-suffix <domain_name> | name-server <ip_address> {vr <vr_name>}] Description Deletes a domain suffix from the domain suffix list or a name server from the available server list for the DNS client. Syntax Description domain-suffix Specifies deleting a domain suffix.

  • Page 44: Configure Failsafe-Account

    Commands for Accessing the Switch configure failsafe-account configure failsafe-account Description Configures a name and password for the failsafe account. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default The failsafe account is always configured. Usage Guidelines The failsafe account is the account of last resort to access your switch. This account is never displayed by the command, but is always present on the switch.
  • Page 45 configure failsafe-account From here, you have four command choices: • Login—use this command to access the switch CLI. You will have full administrator capabilities. • Reboot—use this command to reboot the current MSM. • Help—use this command to display a short help text •...

  • Page 46: Configure Idletimeout

    Commands for Accessing the Switch configure idletimeout configure idletimeout <minutes> Description Configures the time-out for idle console and Telnet sessions. Syntax Description minutes Specifies the time-out interval, in minutes. Range is 1 to 240 (1 minute to 4 hours). Default The default time-out is 20 minutes.

  • Page 47: Configure Time

    configure time configure time configure time <month> <day> <year> <hour> <min> <sec> Description Configures the system date and time. Syntax Description month Specifies the month. The range is 1-12. Specifies the day of the month. The range is 1-31. year Specifies the year in the YYYY format.

  • Page 48: Configure Timezone

    Commands for Accessing the Switch configure timezone configure timezone {name <tz_name>} <GMT_offset> {autodst {name <dst_timezone_ID>} {<dst_offset>} {begins [every <floatingday> | on <absoluteday>] {at <time_of_day>} {ends [every <floatingday> | on <absoluteday>] {at <time_of_day>}}} | noautodst} Description Configures the Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) offset and Daylight Saving Time (DST) preference. Syntax Description GMT_offset Specifies a Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) offset, in + or - minutes.
  • Page 49 configure timezone Usage Guidelines Network Time Protocol (NTP) server updates are distributed using GMT time. To properly display the local time in logs and other timestamp information, the switch should be configured with the appropriate offset to GMT based on geographic location. is specified in +/- minutes from the GMT time.
  • Page 50 Commands for Accessing the Switch Table 5: Greenwich Mean Time offsets (continued) GMT Offset GMT Offset in Hours in Minutes Common Time Zone References Cities -5:00 -300 EST - Eastern Standard Bogota, Columbia; Lima, Peru; New York, NY, Trevor City, MI USA -6:00 -360 CST - Central Standard...
  • Page 51 configure timezone Example The following command configures GMT offset for Mexico City, Mexico and disables automatic DST: configure timezone -360 noautodst The following four commands are equivalent, and configure the GMT offset and automatic DST adjustment for the US Eastern timezone, with an optional timezone ID of EST: configure timezone name EST -300 autodst name EDT 60 begins every first sunday april at 2:00 ends every last sunday october at 2:00 configure timezone name EST -300 autodst name EDT 60 begins every 1 1 4 at 2:00 ends...

  • Page 52: Create Account

    Commands for Accessing the Switch create account create account [admin | user] <account-name> {encrypted {<password>}} {<password>} Description Creates a new user account. Syntax Description admin Specifies an access level for account type admin. user Specifies an access level for account type user. account-name Specifies a new user account name.
  • Page 53 create account History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 54: Delete Account

    Commands for Accessing the Switch delete account delete account <name> Description Deletes a specified user account. Syntax Description name Specifies a user account name. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use the command to determine which account you want to delete from the system. The show accounts show accounts output displays the following information in a tabular format: •...

  • Page 55: Disable Cli Space-Completion

    disable cli space-completion disable cli space-completion disable cli space-completion Description Disables the ExtremeWare XOS feature that completes a command automatically with the spacebar. If you disable this feature, The [Tab] key can still be used for auto-completion. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled.

  • Page 56: Disable Clipaging

    Commands for Accessing the Switch disable clipaging disable clipaging Description Disables pausing at the end of each show screen. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines The command line interface (CLI) is designed for use in a VT100 environment. Most command show output will pause when the display reaches the end of a page.

  • Page 57: Disable Idletimeout

    disable idletimeout disable idletimeout disable idletimeout Description Disables the timer that disconnects idle sessions from the switch. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Timeout 20 minutes. Usage Guidelines When idle time-outs are disabled, console sessions remain open until the switch is rebooted or until you logoff.

  • Page 58: Enable Cli Space-Completion

    Commands for Accessing the Switch enable cli space-completion enable cli space-completion Description Enables the ExtremeWare XOS feature that completes a command automatically with the spacebar. The [Tab] key can also be used for auto-completion. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled.

  • Page 59: Enable Clipaging

    enable clipaging enable clipaging enable clipaging Description Enables the pause mechanism and does not allow the display to print continuously to the screen. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines The command line interface (CLI) is designed for use in a VT100 environment. Most command show output will pause when the display reaches the end of a page.

  • Page 60: Enable Idletimeout

    Commands for Accessing the Switch enable idletimeout enable idletimeout Description Enables a timer that disconnects Telnet and console sessions after 20 minutes of inactivity. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Timeout 20 minutes. Usage Guidelines You can use this command to ensure that a Telnet or console session is disconnected if it has been idle for the required length of time.

  • Page 61: History

    history history history Description Displays a list of all the commands entered on the switch. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines ExtremeWare XOS “remembers” all the commands you entered on the switch. Use the history command to display a list of these commands.

  • Page 62: Ping

    Commands for Accessing the Switch ping ping {count <count> {start-size <start-size>} | continuous {start-size <start-size> | {start-size <start-size> {end-size <end-size>}}} {udp} {dont-fragment} {ttl <ttl>} {tos <tos>} {interval <interval>} {vr <vrid>} <host> {from <source IP address>} {with record-route} Description Enables you to send User Datagram Protocol (UDP) or Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) echo messages or to a remote IP device.
  • Page 63 ping History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 64: Reboot

    Commands for Accessing the Switch reboot reboot {time <month> <day> <year> <hour> <min> <sec> {msm <slotid>} | cancel {msm <slotid>}| {msm <slotid>} Description Reboots the switch or the module in the specified slot at a specified date and time. Syntax Description time Specifies a reboot date in mm dd yyyy format and reboot time in hh mm ss format.

  • Page 65: Show Account

    show account show account show account Description Displays user account information for all users on the switch. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines You need to create a user account using the command before you can display user create account account information.

  • Page 66: Show Banner

    Use this command to view the banner that is displayed before the login prompt. Example The following command displays the switch banner: show banner Output from this command looks similar to the following: Extreme Networks Summit48i Layer 3 Switch ######################################################### Unauthorized Access is strictly prohibited. Violators will be persecuted ######################################################### History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 67: Show Dns-Client

    show dns-client show dns-client show dns-client Description Displays the DNS configuration. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays the DNS configuration: show dns-client Output from this command looks similar to the following: Number of domain suffixes: 2 Domain Suffix 1: njudah.local...

  • Page 68: Show Switch

    Commands for Accessing the Switch show switch show switch {detail} Description Displays the current switch information. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines command displays: show switch • sysName, sysLocation, sysContact • MAC address •...
  • Page 69 show switch System Watchdog: Enabled Current Time: Wed May 19 11:04:32 2004 Timezone: [Auto DST Enabled] GMT Offset: -480 minutes, name is PST. DST of 0 minutes is currently in effect, name is PDT. DST begins every first Sunday April at 2:00 DST ends every last Sunday October at 2:00 Boot Time: Sat May 15 17:19:29 2004...

  • Page 70: Traceroute

    Commands for Accessing the Switch traceroute traceroute [vr <vrid>} | <host>] {from <source IP address>} {ttl <number>} {port <port number>} {icmp} Description Enables you to trace the routed path between the switch and a destination endstation. Syntax Description Specifies a virtual router. vrid Specifies which virtual router.

  • Page 71: Commands For Managing The Switch

    Commands for Managing the Switch This chapter describes commands for: • Configuring Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) parameters on the switch • Managing the switch using Telnet • Transferring files using the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) • Configuring system redundancy •...

  • Page 72: System Redundancy

    Commands for Managing the Switch Telnet Telnet allows you to access the switch remotely using TCP/IP through one of the switch ports or a workstation with a Telnet facility. If you access the switch via Telnet, you will use the command line interface (CLI) to manage the switch and modify switch configurations.

  • Page 73: Configure Node Priority

    configure node priority configure node priority configure node slot <slot_id> priority <node_pri> Description Configures the priority of the node. Syntax Description slot_id Specifies the slot of the node. A is for the MSM installed in slot A. B is for the MSM installed in slot B.

  • Page 74: Configure Snmp Add Community

    An SNMP community string can contain up to 32 characters. Extreme Networks recommends that you changed the defaults of the community strings. To change the value of the default read/write and read-only community strings, use the configure snmp delete command.

  • Page 75: Configure Snmp Add Trapreceiver

    configure snmp add trapreceiver configure snmp add trapreceiver configure snmp add trapreceiver <ip_address> community [[hex <hex_community_name>] | <community_name>] {port <port_number>} {from <src_ip_address>} {mode <trap_mode> [enhanced | standard]} Description Adds the IP address of a trap receiver to the trap receiver list and specifies which SNMPv1/v2c traps are to be sent.
  • Page 76 Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmp add trapreceiver 10.101.0.105 community green port 3003 The following command adds the IP address 10.101.0.105 as a trap receiver with community string blue, and IP address 10.101.0.25 as the source: configure snmp add trapreceiver 10.101.0.105 community blue from 10.101.0.25 History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 77: Configure Snmp Delete Community

    configure snmp delete community configure snmp delete community configure snmp delete community [readonly | readwrite] [all | <alphanumeric_string>] Description Deletes an SNMP read or read/write community string. Syntax Description readonly Specifies read-only access to the system. readwrite Specifies read and write access to the system. Specifies all of the SNMP community stings.

  • Page 78: Configure Snmp Delete Trapreceiver

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmp delete trapreceiver configure snmp delete trapreceiver [{<ip_address> {<port_number>}} | {all}] Description Deletes a specified trap receiver or all authorized trap receivers. Syntax Description ip_address Specifies an SNMP trap receiver IP address. port_number Specifies the port associated with the receiver. Specifies all SNMP trap receiver IP addresses.

  • Page 79: Configure Snmp Syscontact

    configure snmp sysContact configure snmp sysContact configure snmp syscontact <sysContact> Description Configures the name of the system contact. Syntax Description sysContact An alphanumeric string that specifies a system contact name. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines The system contact is a text field that enables you to enter the name of the person(s) responsible for managing the switch.

  • Page 80: Configure Snmp Syslocation

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmp sysLocation configure snmp syslocation <sysLocation> Description Configures the location of the switch. Syntax Description sysLocation An alphanumeric string that specifies the switch location. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to indicate the location of the switch. A maximum of 255 characters is allowed. To view the location of the switch on the switch, use the command.

  • Page 81: Configure Snmp Sysname

    configure snmp sysName configure snmp sysName configure snmp sysname <sysName> Description Configures the name of the switch. Syntax Description sysName An alphanumeric string that specifies a device name. Default The default is the model name of the device (for example, sysname BlackDiamond10808 Usage Guidelines...

  • Page 82: Configure Snmpv3 Add Access

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 add access configure snmpv3 add access [[hex <hex_group_name>] | <group_name>] {sec-model [snmpv1 | snmpv2 | usm]} {sec-level [noauth | authnopriv | priv]} {read-view [[hex <hex_read_view_name>] | <read_view_name>]} {write-view [[hex <hex_write_view_name>]] | <write_view_name>]} {notify-view [[hex <hex_notify_view_name]] | <notify_view_name>]} {volatile} Description Creates (and modifies) a group and its access rights.
  • Page 83 configure snmpv3 add access • write view name— “” • notify view name—defaultNotifyView • non-volatile storage Usage Guidelines Use this command to configure access rights for a group. All access groups are created with a unique default context, “”, as that is the only supported context. A number of default (permanent) groups are already defined.

  • Page 84: Configure Snmpv3 Add Community

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 add community configure snmpv3 add community [[hex <hex_community_index>] | <community_index>] name [[hex <hex_community_name>] |<community_name>] user [[hex <hex_user_name>] | <user_name>] {tag [[hex <hex_transport_tag>] | <transport_tag>]} {volatile} Description Adds an SNMPv3 community entry. Syntax Description hex_community_index Specifies the row index in the snmpCommunity table as a hex value supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.
  • Page 85 configure snmpv3 add community History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS. 10.1. , and hex_community_index hex_community_name hex_user_name hex_transport_tag parameters were added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 86: Configure Snmpv3 Add Filter

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 add filter configure snmpv3 add filter [[hex <hex_profile_name>] | <profile_name>] subtree <object_identifier> {/<subtree_mask>} type [included | excluded] {volatile} Description Adds a filter to a filter profile. Syntax Description hex_profile_name Specifies the filter profile that the current filter is added to. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.
  • Page 87 configure snmpv3 add filter History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. parameter was added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. hex_profile_name ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 88: Configure Snmpv3 Add Filter-Profile

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 add filter-profile configure snmpv3 add filter-profile [[hex <hex_profile_name>] | <profile_name>] param [[hex <hex_param_name>]] | <param_name>] {volatile} Description Associates a filter profile with a parameter name. Syntax Description hex_profile_name Specifies the filter profile name. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.

  • Page 89: Configure Snmpv3 Add Group User

    configure snmpv3 add group user configure snmpv3 add group user configure snmpv3 add group [[hex <hex_group_name>] | <group_name>] user [[hex <hex_user_name>] | <user_name>] {sec-model [snmpv1| snmpv2 | usm]} {volatile} Description Adds a user name (security name) to a group. Syntax Description hex_group_name Specifies the group name to add or modify.
  • Page 90 Commands for Managing the Switch The following command associates the user userv3 with security model and storage type volatile to the access group defaultRoGroup: configure snmpv3 add group defaultRoGroup user userV3 volatile History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. parameters were added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 91: Configure Snmpv3 Add Mib-View

    configure snmpv3 add mib-view configure snmpv3 add mib-view configure snmpv3 add mib-view [[hex <hex_view_name>] | <view_name>] subtree <object_identifier> {/<subtree_mask>} {type [included | excluded]} {volatile} Description Adds (and modifies) a MIB view. Syntax Description hex_view_name Specifies the MIB view name to add or modify. The value is to be supplies as a colon separated string of hex octets.
  • Page 92 Commands for Managing the Switch The following command creates a view vrrpTrapNewMaster which excludes VRRP notification .1 and the entry is volatile: configure snmpv3 add mib-view vrrpTrapNewMaster 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.0.1/ff8 type excluded volatile History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. parameter was added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 93: Configure Snmpv3 Add Notify

    configure snmpv3 add notify configure snmpv3 add notify configure snmpv3 add notify [[hex <hex_notify_name>] | <notify_name>] tag [[hex <hex_tag>] | <tag>] {volatile} Description Adds an entry to the snmpNotifyTable. Syntax Description hex_notify_name Specifies the notify name to add. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.

  • Page 94: Configure Snmpv3 Add Target-Addr

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 add target-addr configure snmpv3 add target-addr [[hex <hex_addr_name] | <addr_name>] param [[hex <hex_param_name] | <param_name>] ipaddress [[<ip_address> {<netmask>}] | <ip_address>] {transport-port <port_number> {from <src_ip_address>} {tag-list <tag_list>} {volatile} Description Adds and configures an SNMPv3 target address and associates filtering, security, and notifications with that address.
  • Page 95 configure snmpv3 add target-addr The following command specifies a target address of 10.203.0.22 with the name A1, and associates it with the security parameters and target address parameter P1, and the notification tags type1 and type2: configure snmpv3 add target-addr A1 param P1 ipaddress 10.203.0.22 from 10.203.0.23 tag-list type1,type2 History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 96: Configure Snmpv3 Add Target-Params

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 add target-params configure snmpv3 add target-params [[hex <hex_param_name>] | <param_name>] user [[hex <hex_user_name>] | <user_name>] mp-model [snmpv1 | snmpv2c | snmpv3] sec-model [snmpv1 | snmpv2c | usm] {sec-level [noauth | authnopriv | priv]} {volatile} Description Adds and configures SNMPv3 target parameters.
  • Page 97 configure snmpv3 add target-params Example The following command specifies a target parameters entry named P1, a user name of guest, message processing and security model of SNMPv2c, and a security level of no authentication: configure snmpv3 add target-params P1 user guest mp-model snmpv2c sec-model snmpv2c sec-level noauth History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 98: Configure Snmpv3 Add User

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 add user configure snmpv3 add user [[hex <hex_user_name>] | <user_name>] {authentication [md5 | sha] [hex <hex_auth_password> | <auth_password>]} {privacy [hex <hex_priv_password> | <priv_password>]} {volatile} Description Adds (and modifies) an SNMPv3 user. Syntax Description hex_user_name Specifies the user name to add or modify.
  • Page 99 configure snmpv3 add user The following command configures the user authMD5 to use authentication with the password palertyu:· configure snmpv3 add user authMD5 authentication md5 palertyu The following command configures the user authShapriv to use authentication with the hex key shown below, the privacy password palertyu, and storage: volatile...

  • Page 100: Configure Snmpv3 Add User Clone-From

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 add user clone-from configure snmpv3 add user [[hex <hex_user_name>] | <user_name> clone-from [[hex <hex_user_name>] | <user_name>] Description Creates a new user by cloning from an existing SNMPv3 user. Syntax Description hex_user_name Specifies the user name to add or to clone from. The value is to be supplies as a colon separated string of hex octets.

  • Page 101: Configure Snmpv3 Delete Access

    configure snmpv3 delete access configure snmpv3 delete access configure snmpv3 delete access [all-non-defaults | {[[hex <hex_group_name>] | <group_name>] {sec-model [snmpv1 | snmpv2c | usm] sec-level [noauth | authnopriv | priv]}}] Description Deletes access rights for a group. Syntax Description all-non-defaults Specifies that all non-default (non-permanent) security groups are to be deleted.
  • Page 102 Commands for Managing the Switch The following command deletes the group userGroup with the security model and security level snmpv1 of authentication and no privacy ( authnopriv configure snmpv3 delete access userGroup sec-model snmpv1 sec-level authnopriv History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. parameter was added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 103: Configure Snmpv3 Delete Community

    configure snmpv3 delete community configure snmpv3 delete community configure snmpv3 delete community [all-non-defaults | {[[hex <hex_community_index>] | <community_index>} | {name [[hex <hex_community_name>] | <community_name>}] Description Deletes an SNMPv3 community entry. Syntax Description all-non-defaults Specifies that all non-default community entries are to be removed. hex_community_index Specifies the row index in the snmpCommunityTable.

  • Page 104: Configure Snmpv3 Delete Filter

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 delete filter configure snmpv3 delete filter [all | [[hex <hex_profile_name>] | <profile_name>] {subtree <object_identifier>}]] Description Deletes a filter from a filter profile. Syntax Description Specifies all filters. hex_profile_name Specifies the filter profile of the filter to delete. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.

  • Page 105: Configure Snmpv3 Delete Filter-Profile

    configure snmpv3 delete filter-profile configure snmpv3 delete filter-profile configure snmpv3 delete filter-profile [all |[[hex <hex_profile_name>] | <profile_name>] {param [[hex <hex_param_name>] | <param_name>}]] Description Removes the association of a filter profile with a parameter name. Syntax Description Specifies all filter profiles. hex_profile_name Specifies the filter profile name to delete.

  • Page 106: Configure Snmpv3 Delete Group User

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 delete group user configure snmpv3 delete group {[[hex <hex_group_name>] | <group_name>]} user [all-non-defaults | {[[hex <hex_user_name>] | <user_name>] {sec-model [snmpv1|snmpv2c|usm]}}] Description Deletes a user name (security name) from a group. Syntax Description hex_group_name Specifies the group name to delete or modify.
  • Page 107 configure snmpv3 delete group user The following command deletes the user guest from the group userGroup with the security model configure snmpv3 delete group userGroup user guest History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. and the parameters were added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. hex_group_name hex_user_name ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 108: Configure Snmpv3 Delete Mib-View

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 delete mib-view configure snmpv3 delete mib-view [all-non-defaults | {[[hex <hex_view_name>] | <view_name>] {subtree <object_identifier>}}] Description Deletes a MIB view. Syntax Description all-non-defaults Specifies that all non-default (non-permanent) MIB views are to be deleted. hex_view_name Specifies the MIB view to delete.

  • Page 109: Configure Snmpv3 Delete Notify

    configure snmpv3 delete notify configure snmpv3 delete notify configure snmpv3 delete notify [{[[hex <hex_notify_name>] | <notify_name>]} | all-non-defaults] Description Deletes an entry from the snmpNotifyTable. Syntax Description hex_notify_name Specifies the notify name to add. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.

  • Page 110: Configure Snmpv3 Delete Target-Addr

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 delete target-addr configure snmpv3 delete target-addr [{[[hex <hex_addr_name>] | <addr_name>]} | all] Description Deletes SNMPv3 target addresses. Syntax Description hex_addr_name Specifies an identifier for the target address. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.

  • Page 111: Configure Snmpv3 Delete Target-Params

    configure snmpv3 delete target-params configure snmpv3 delete target-params configure snmpv3 delete target-params [{[[hex <hex_param_name>] | <param_name>]} | all] Description Deletes SNMPv3 target parameters. Syntax Description hex_param_name Specifies the parameter name associated with the target. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets. param_name Specifies the parameter name associated with the target in ASCII format.

  • Page 112: Configure Snmpv3 Delete User

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure snmpv3 delete user configure snmpv3 delete user [all-non-defaults | [[hex <hex_user_name>] | <user_name>]] Description Deletes an existing SNMPv3 user. Syntax Description all-non-defaults Specifies that all non-default (non-permanent) users are to be deleted. hex_user_name Specifies the user name to delete. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.

  • Page 113: Configure Snmpv3 Engine-Boots

    configure snmpv3 engine-boots configure snmpv3 engine-boots configure snmpv3 engine-boots <(1-2147483647)> Description Configures the SNMPv3 Engine Boots value. Syntax Description (1-2147483647) Specifies the value of engine boots. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command if the Engine Boots value needs to be explicitly configured. Engine Boots and Engine Time will be reset to zero if the Engine ID is changed.

  • Page 114: Configure Snmpv3 Engine-Id

    Use this command if the needs to be explicitly configured. The first four octets of the ID snmpEngineID are fixed to 80:00:07:7C,which represents Extreme Networks Vendor ID. Once the snmpEngineID changed, default users will be reverted back to their original passwords/keys, while non-default users will be reset to the security level of no authorization, no privacy.

  • Page 115: Configure Sntp-Client

    configure sntp-client configure sntp-client configure sntp-client [primary | secondary] <host-name-or-ip> {vr <vr_name>} Description Configures an NTP server for the switch to obtain time information. Syntax Description primary Specifies a primary server name. secondary Specifies a secondary server name. host-name-or-ip Specifies a host name or IP address. Specifies use of a virtual router.

  • Page 116: Configure Sntp-Client Update-Interval

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure sntp-client update-interval configure sntp-client update-interval <update-interval> Description Configures the interval between polls for time information from SNTP servers. Syntax Description update-interval Specifies an interval in seconds. Default 64 seconds. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command configures the interval timer: configure sntp-client update-interval 30 History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 117: Configure Telnet Port

    configure telnet port configure telnet port configure telnet port [<portno> | default] Description Configures the TCP port used by Telnet for communication. Syntax Description portno Specifies a TCP port number. The default is 23. The range is 1 through 65535. default Specifies the default Telnet TCP port number.

  • Page 118: Configure Telnet Vr

    Commands for Managing the Switch configure telnet vr configure telnet vr [all | default | <vr_name>] Description Configures the virtual router used for listening for Telnet connections. Syntax Description Specifies to use all virtual routers for Telnet connections. default Specifies to use the default virtual router for Telnet connections. The default router is VR-Mgmt.

  • Page 119: Disable Dhcp Vlan

    disable dhcp vlan disable dhcp vlan disable dhcp vlan [<vlan_name> | all] Description Disables the generation and processing of DHCP packets on a VLAN to obtain an IP address for the VLAN from a DHCP server. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all VLANs Default Disabled for all VLANs.

  • Page 120: Disable Snmp Access

    Commands for Managing the Switch disable snmp access disable snmp access {snmp-v1v2c} Description Selectively disables SNMP on the switch. Syntax Description snmp-v1v2c Disables SNMPv1/v2c access only; does not affect SNMPv3 access. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Disabling SNMP access does not affect the SNMP configuration (for example, community strings). However, if you disable SNMP access, you will be unable to access the switch using SNMP.

  • Page 121: Disable Sntp-Client

    disable sntp-client disable sntp-client disable sntp-client Description Disables the SNTP client. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines SNTP can be used by the switch to update and synchronize its internal clock from a Network Time Protocol (NTP) server.

  • Page 122: Disable Telnet

    Commands for Managing the Switch disable telnet disable telnet Description Disables Telnet services on the system. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines You must be logged in as an administrator to enable or disable Telnet. Example With administrator privilege, the following command disables Telnet services on the switch: disable telnet...

  • Page 123: Disable Watchdog

    disable watchdog disable watchdog disable watchdog Description Disables the system watchdog timer. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines The watchdog timer monitors the health of the switch hardware and software events. For example, the watchdog timer reboots the switch if the system cannot reset the watchdog timer.

  • Page 124: Enable Dhcp Vlan

    Commands for Managing the Switch enable dhcp vlan enable dhcp vlan [<vlan_name> | all] Description Enables the generation and processing of DHCP packets on a VLAN to obtain an IP address for the VLAN from a DHCP server. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name.

  • Page 125: Enable Snmp Access

    enable snmp access enable snmp access enable snmp access Description Turns on SNMP support for SNMPv3 and v1/v2c on the switch. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines To have access to the SNMP agent residing in the switch, at least one VLAN must have an IP address assigned to it.

  • Page 126: Enable Sntp-Client

    Commands for Managing the Switch enable sntp-client enable sntp-client Description Enables the SNTP client. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines SNTP can be used by the switch to update and synchronize its internal clock from a Network Time Protocol (NTP) server.

  • Page 127: Enable Telnet

    enable telnet enable telnet enable telnet Description Enables Telnet services on the system. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines You must be logged in as an administrator to enable or disable Telnet. Example With administrator privilege, the following command enables Telnet services on the switch: enable telnet History...

  • Page 128: Enable Watchdog

    Commands for Managing the Switch enable watchdog enable watchdog Description Enables the system watchdog timer. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines The watchdog timer monitors the health of the switch hardware and software events. For example, the watchdog timer reboots the switch if the system cannot reset the watchdog timer.

  • Page 129: Exit

    exit exit exit Description Logs out the session of a current user for CLI or Telnet. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to log out of a CLI or Telnet session. When you issue this command, you are asked to save your configuration changes to the current, active configuration.

  • Page 130: Logout

    Commands for Managing the Switch logout logout Description Logs out the session of a current user for CLI or Telnet. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to log out of a CLI or Telnet session. When you issue this command, you are asked to save your configuration changes to the current, active configuration.

  • Page 131: Quit

    quit quit quit Description Logs out the session of a current user for CLI or Telnet. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to log out of a CLI or Telnet session. When you issue this command, you are asked to save your configuration changes to the current, active configuration.

  • Page 132: Show Dhcp-Client State

    Commands for Managing the Switch show dhcp-client state show dhcp-client state Description Displays the current DHCP/BOOTP client state for each vlan. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Displays the client state for all existing VLANs. Usage Guidelines None.

  • Page 133: Show Checkpoint-Data

    show checkpoint-data show checkpoint-data show checkpoint-data {<process>} Description Displays the status of one or more processes being copied from the master MSM to the backup MSM. Syntax Description process Specifies the name of the processes being copied. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines This command displays, in percentages, the amount of copying completed by each process and the traffic statistics between the process on both the master and the backup MSMs.
  • Page 134 Commands for Managing the Switch mcmgr 0 100% ON 1 (000008D3) ospf 0% ON 1 (000008D3) polMgr 0% ON 1 (000008D3) 0% ON 1 (000008D3) telnetd 0% ON 1 (000008D3) tftpd 0% ON 1 (000008D3) vrrp 0% ON 1 (000008D3) 0% ON 1 (000008D3) 0% ON...

  • Page 135: Show Management

    show management show management show management Description Displays the SNMP settings configured on the switch. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines: The following management output is displayed: • Enable/disable state for Telnet, and SNMP access •...
  • Page 136 Commands for Managing the Switch Total Read Only Communities Total Read Write Communities SNMP Traps : Enabled SNMP v1/v2c TrapReceivers Destination Source IP Address Flags 10.203.128.20 /162 10.203.135.5 Flags: Version: 1=v1 2=v2c Mode: S=Standard E=Enhanced SNMP stats: InPkts 1356 OutPkts 1356 Errors 0 AuthErrors 0...

  • Page 137: Show Node

    show node show node show node {detail} Description Displays the status of the nodes in the system as well as the general health of the system. Syntax Description detail Displays the information on a per-node basis rather than in a tabular format. Default N/A.
  • Page 138 Commands for Managing the Switch Example The following command displays the status of the node, the priority of the node, and the general health of the system: show node The following is sample output from this command: Node State Priority SwHealth HwHealth -----------------------------------------------...

  • Page 139: Show Odometers

    show odometers show odometers show odometers Description Displays a counter for each component of a switch that shows how long it has been functioning since it was manufactured. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines The output from this command displays how long each individual component in the whole switch has been functioning since it is manufactured.
  • Page 140 Commands for Managing the Switch Slot-6 Slot-7 : G60T Dec-03-2003 Slot-8 : 10G6X Jan-12-2004 MSM-A : MSM-1XL Apr-21-2004 MSM-B : MSM-1XL Dec-14-2003 PSUCTRL-1 Mar-17-2004 PSUCTRL-2 History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. Information about the power controller(s) was added to the show output in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 141: Show Power

    show power show power show power {<ps_num>} {detail} Description Displays the current status of the installed power supplies. Command Syntax ps_num Specifies the slot number of the installed power supply. detail The detail option is reserved for future use. Default N/A.
  • Page 142 Commands for Managing the Switch Example The following command displays the status of the power supply installed in slot 1: show power 1 The following is sample output from this command: PowerSupply 1 information: State: Powered On PartInfo: PS 2336 0413J-00780 4300-00137 Revision: FailureCode: Odometer:...

  • Page 143: Show Power Budget

    show power budget show power budget show power budget Description Displays the distribution of power and the available power on the switch. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to view detailed information about the amount of power available on the switch. This status information may be useful for your technical support representative if you have a network problem.
  • Page 144 Commands for Managing the Switch The following is sample output from this command: State Watts --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Powered On 1248.00 1200.00 48.00 Powered On 1248.00 1200.00 48.00 Empty Empty Powered On 1248.00 1200.00 48.00 Empty --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Power Available: 3744.00 3600.00 144.00 PowerUp Limit: 2496.00 2400.00...

  • Page 145: Show Power Controller

    show power controller show power controller show power controller {<num>} Description Displays the current status of the installed power supply controllers. Command Syntax Specifies the slot number of the installed power supply controller. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to view detailed information about the health of the power supply controllers. Power controllers collect data about the installed power supplies and report the results to the MSM This status information may be useful for your technical support representative if you have a network problem.
  • Page 146 Commands for Managing the Switch The following is sample output from this command: PSUCTRL-1 information: State: Present PartInfo: Mead 1 0410F-01217 7040255-00-05 Revision: FailureCode: Odometer: 3 days 8 minutes 10 seconds since May-21-2004 Temperature: 25.0 deg C Status: PSU CTRL Mode: Master PSUCTRL-2 information: State: Empty...

  • Page 147: Show Session

    show session show session show session {{detail} {<sessID>}} {history} Description Displays the currently active Telnet and console sessions communicating with the switch. Syntax Description detail Specifies more detailed session information. sessID Specifies a session ID number. history Displays a list of all sessions. Default N/A.
  • Page 148 Commands for Managing the Switch The following is sample output from this command: Login Time User Type Auth Auth Location ================================================================================ Thu Jun 24 10:56:24 2004 admin console local serial Thu Jun 24 13:30:07 2004 admin console local serial The following command displays a list of current and previous sessions on the switch: show session history The following is sample output from this command: Session History:...

  • Page 149: Show Snmpv3 Access

    show snmpv3 access show snmpv3 access show snmpv3 access {[[hex <hex_group_name>] | <group_name>]} Description Displays SNMPv3 access rights. Syntax Description Specifies that the value to follow is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets. group_name Specifies the name of the group to display. Default N/A.
  • Page 150 Commands for Managing the Switch Row Status : Active Group Name : v1v2c_ro Context Prefix Security Model : snmpv1 Security Level : No-Authentication No-Privacy Context Match : Exact Read View : defaultUserView Write View Notify View : defaultNotifyView Storage Type : Permanent Row Status : Active...

  • Page 151: Show Snmpv3 Context

    show snmpv3 context show snmpv3 context show snmpv3 context Description Displays information about the SNMPv3 contexts on the switch. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines: This command displays the entries in the View-based Access Control Model (VACM) context table (VACMContextTable).

  • Page 152: Show Snmpv3 Counters

    Commands for Managing the Switch show snmpv3 counters show snmpv3 counters Description Displays SNMPv3 counters. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines command displays the following SNMPv3 counters: show snmpv3 counters • snmpUnknownSecurityModels • snmpInvalidMessages •...
  • Page 153 show snmpv3 counters History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 154: Show Snmpv3 Engine-Info

    Commands for Managing the Switch show snmpv3 engine-info show snmpv3 engine-info Description Displays information about the SNMPv3 engine on the switch. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines: The following show engine-info output is displayed: •...

  • Page 155: Show Snmpv3 Filter

    show snmpv3 filter show snmpv3 filter show snmpv3 filter {[[hex <hex_profile_name>] | <profile_name>] {{subtree} <object_identifier>} Description Displays the filters that belong a filter profile. Syntax Description hex_profile_name Specifies the filter profile to display. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.

  • Page 156: Show Snmpv3 Filter-Profile

    Commands for Managing the Switch show snmpv3 filter-profile show snmpv3 filter-profile {[[hex <hex_profile_name>] | <profile_name>]} {param [[hex <hex_param_name>] | <param_name>]} Description Displays the association between parameter names and filter profiles. Syntax Description hex_profile_name Specifies the filter profile name. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.

  • Page 157: Show Snmpv3 Group

    show snmpv3 group show snmpv3 group show snmpv3 group {[[hex <hex_group_name>] | <group_name>] {user [[hex <hex_user_name>] | <user_name>]}} Description Displays the user name (security name) and security model association with a group name. Syntax Description hex_group_name Specifies the group name to display. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.
  • Page 158 Commands for Managing the Switch Security Model : snmpv2c Storage Type : Permanent Row Status : Active Group Name : v1v2c_rw Security Name : v1v2c_rw Security Model : snmpv2c Storage Type : Permanent Row Status : Active Group Name : admin Security Name : admin Security Model...
  • Page 159 show snmpv3 group Storage Type : NonVolatile Row Status : Active History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. parameters were added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. hex_group_name hex_user_name ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 160: Show Snmpv3 Mib-View

    Commands for Managing the Switch show snmpv3 mib-view show snmpv3 mib-view {[[hex <hex_view_name>] | <view_name>] {subtree <object_identifier>}} Description Displays a MIB view. Syntax Description hex_view_name Specifies the name of the MIB view to display. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.
  • Page 161 show snmpv3 mib-view Storage Type : Permanent Row Status : Active View Name : defaultUserView MIB Subtree : 1.3.6.1.6.3.15.1.2.2.1.4 View Type : Excluded Storage Type : Permanent Row Status : Active View Name : defaultUserView MIB Subtree : 1.3.6.1.6.3.15.1.2.2.1.6 View Type : Excluded Storage Type : Permanent...

  • Page 162: Show Snmpv3 Notify

    Commands for Managing the Switch show snmpv3 notify show snmpv3 notify {[[hex <hex_notify_name>] | <notify_name>]} Description Displays the notifications that are set. This command displays the snmpNotifyTable. Syntax Description hex_notify_name Specifies the parameter name associated with the target. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.

  • Page 163: Show Snmpv3 Target-Addr

    show snmpv3 target-addr show snmpv3 target-addr show snmpv3 target-addr {[[hex <hex_addr_name>] | <addr_name>]} Description Displays information about SNMPv3 target addresses. Syntax Description hex_addr_name Specifies an identifier for the target address. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets. addr_name Specifies a string identifier for the target address.

  • Page 164: Show Snmpv3 Extreme-Target-Addr-Ext

    Commands for Managing the Switch show snmpv3 extreme-target-addr-ext show snmpv3 extreme-target-addr-ext [[hex <hex_addr_name>] | <addr_name>] Description Displays information about SNMPv3 target addresses enhanced or standard mode. Syntax Description hex_addr_name Specifies an identifier for the target address. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.

  • Page 165: Show Snmpv3 Target-Params

    show snmpv3 target-params show snmpv3 target-params show snmpv3 target-params {[[hex <hex_target_params>] | <target_params>]} Description Displays the information about the options associated with the parameter name. Syntax Description hex_target_params Specifies the parameter to display. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.

  • Page 166: Show Snmpv3 User

    Commands for Managing the Switch show snmpv3 user show snmpv3 user {[[hex <hex_user_name>] | <user_name>]} Description Displays detailed information about the user. Syntax Description hex_user_name Specifies the user name to display. The value is to be supplied as a colon separated string of hex octets.
  • Page 167 show snmpv3 user Security Name Authentication : HMAC-MD5 Privacy : No-Privacy Storage Type : Permanent Row Status : Active Engine-ID : 80:0:7:7c:3:0:2:b3:4c:19:b2 'H' User Name : initialsha Security Name Authentication : HMAC-SHA Privacy : No-Privacy Storage Type : Permanent Row Status : Active Engine-ID : 80:0:7:7c:3:0:2:b3:4c:19:b2 'H'...

  • Page 168: Show Sntp-Client

    Commands for Managing the Switch show sntp-client show sntp-client Description Displays the DNS configuration. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Displays configuration and statistics information of SNTP client. Example The following command displays the SNTP configuration: show sntp-client The following is sample output from this command: SNTP client is enabled...

  • Page 169: Start Process

    start process start process start process <name> {msm <slot>} Description Restarts the specified process on the switch. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of the process to start. You can start the following processes: • exsshd (only available if you have installed the SSH module) •...

  • Page 170: Telnet

    Commands for Managing the Switch telnet telnet [<host_name> | <remote_ip>] {vr <vr_name>} {<port>} Description Allows you to Telnet from the current command-line interface session to another host. Syntax Description host_name Specifies the name of the host. remote_ip Specifies the IP address of the host. vr_name Specifies the name of the virtual router.
  • Page 171 telnet History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. Support for the following virtual routers was added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0: VR-Mgmt, VR-Control, and VR-Default. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 172: Terminate Process

    Commands for Managing the Switch terminate process terminate process <name> [forceful | graceful] {msm <slot>} Description Terminates the specified process on the switch. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of the process to terminate. You can terminate the following processes: •...
  • Page 173 terminate process History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 174: Tftp

    BootROM image file from your TFTP server to the switch. Only upgrade the BootROM when asked to do so by an Extreme Networks technical representative. For more information about this command, see “download bootrom” on page 928.
  • Page 175 tftp routers. In ExtremeWare XOS 10.1, the valid virtual routers are VR-0, VR-1, and VR-2 respectively. For more information about virtual routers, see “Virtual Routers” in the ExtremeWare XOS Concepts Guide. Example The following command downloads the configuration file named XOS1.cfg from the TFTP server with an IP address of 10.123.45.67: tftp 10.123.45.67 -g -r XOS1.cfg History...
  • Page 176 Commands for Managing the Switch ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 177: Commands For Configuring Slots And Ports On A Switch

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch This chapter describes commands related to: • Enabling, disabling, and configuring individual ports • Configuring port speed (Fast Ethernet ports only) and half- or full-duplex mode • Creating load-sharing groups on multiple ports •...
  • Page 178 Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch Load sharing is most useful in cases where the traffic transmitted from the switch to the load-sharing group is sourced from an equal or greater number of ports on the switch. For example, traffic transmitted to a two-port load-sharing group should originate from a minimum of two other ports on the same switch.

  • Page 179: Clear Counters Edp

    clear counters edp clear counters edp clear counters edp {ports <ports>} Description Clears the counters associated with Extreme Discovery Protocol (EDP). Syntax Description ports Specifies one or more slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.

  • Page 180: Clear Slot

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch clear slot clear slot <slot> Description Clears a slot of a previously assigned module type. Syntax Description slot Specifies a modular switch slot number. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines All configuration information related to the slot and the ports on the module is erased. If a module is present when you issue this command, the module is reset to default settings.

  • Page 181: Configure Edp Advertisement-Interval

    The default setting for timer is 60 seconds, and for timeout is 180 seconds. Usage Guidelines Extreme Discover Protocol (EDP) is used to gather information about neighbor Extreme Networks switches. EDP-enabled ports advertise information about the Extreme switch to other switches on the interface and receive advertisements from other Extreme switches.

  • Page 182: Configure Ip-Mtu Vlan

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch configure ip-mtu vlan configure ip-mtu <mtu> vlan <vlan_name> Description Sets the maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the VLAN. Syntax Description IP maximum transmission unit (MTU) Specifies the value. Range is from 1500 to 9216.

  • Page 183: Configure Jumbo-Frame Size

    configure jumbo-frame size configure jumbo-frame size configure jumbo-frame size <framesize> Description Sets the maximum jumbo frame size for the switch chassis. Syntax Description framesize Specifies a maximum transmission unit (MTU) size for a jumbo frame. The range is 1523 to 9216. Default Jumbo frames are disabled by default.

  • Page 184: Configure Mirroring Add

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch configure mirroring add configure mirroring add [vlan <name> {port <port>}| port <port> {vlan <name>}] Description Adds a particular mirroring filter definition on the switch. Syntax Description vlan Specifies a VLAN. name Specifies a VLAN name.
  • Page 185 configure mirroring add Example The following example sends all traffic coming into or out of a switch on slot 3, port 2 and the VLAN default to the mirror port: configure mirroring add port 3:2 vlan default History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. The VLAN option was added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 186: Configure Mirroring Delete

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch configure mirroring delete configure mirroring delete [all | port <port> {vlan <name>} |vlan <name> {port <port>}] Description Deletes a particular mirroring filter definition on the switch. Syntax Description Specifies all mirroring filter definitions. port Specifies a slot and port.

  • Page 187: Configure Ports Auto Off

    configure ports auto off configure ports auto off configure ports <port_list> auto off speed [10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000] duplex [half | full] Description Manually configures port speed and duplex setting configuration on one or more ports on a switch. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more ports or slots and ports.
  • Page 188 Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 189: Configure Ports Auto On

    configure ports auto on configure ports auto on configure ports <port_list> auto on Description Enables autonegotiation for the particular port type. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more ports or slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.

  • Page 190: Configure Ports Display-String

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch configure ports display-string configure ports <port_list> display-string <string> Description Configures a user-defined string for a port or group of ports. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more ports or slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.

  • Page 191: Configure Sharing Address-Based

    configure sharing address-based configure sharing address-based configure sharing address-based [L2 | L2_L3 | L2_L3_L4 |L2_L3_CHK_SUM | L2_L3_L4_CHK_SUM] Description Configures the part of the packet examined by the switch when selecting the egress port for transmitting load-sharing data. Syntax Description Indicates that the switch should examine the MAC source and destination address.
  • Page 192 Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch Example The following example configures the switch to examine the MAC source and destination address: configure sharing address-based l2 History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 193: Configure Slot

    configure slot configure slot configure slot <slot> module <module_type> Description Configures a slot for a particular I/O module card in a modular switch. Syntax Description slot Specifies the slot number. module_type Specifies the type of module for which the slot should be configured. The list of modules you can enter will vary depending on the type of switch and version of ExtremeWare XOS you are running.

  • Page 194: Configure Sharing Add Ports

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch configure sharing add ports configure sharing <master_port> add ports <port_list> Description Adds ports to a load-sharing group Syntax Description master_port Specifies the master port for a load-sharing group. port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports to be grouped to the master port. May be in the form 3-5, 2:5, 2:6-2:8.

  • Page 195: Configure Sharing Delete Ports

    configure sharing delete ports configure sharing delete ports configure sharing <master_port> delete ports <port_list> Description Deletes ports from a load-sharing group Syntax Description master_port Specifies the master port for a load-sharing group. port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports to be grouped to the master port. May be in the form 3-5, 2:5, 2:6-2:8.

  • Page 196: Disable Edp Ports

    EDP on one or more ports when you no disable edp ports longer need to locate neighbor Extreme Networks switches. Example The following command disables EDP on slot 1, ports 2 and 4 on a modular switch:...

  • Page 197: Disable Jumbo-Frame Ports

    disable jumbo-frame ports disable jumbo-frame ports disable jumbo-frame ports [all | <port_list>] Description Disables jumbo frame support on a port. Syntax Description Specifies all ports. port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.

  • Page 198: Disable Learning Port

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch disable learning port disable learning port [<port_list> | all] Description Disables MAC address learning on one or more ports for security purposes. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.

  • Page 199: Disable Mirroring

    disable mirroring disable mirroring disable mirroring Description Disables port-mirroring. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines Use the command to stop all configured copied mirroring traffic. Use this disable mirroring command to unconfigure all the filters on the system. Example The following command disables port-mirroring: disable mirroring...

  • Page 200: Disable Port

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch disable port disable port [<port_list> | all] Description Disables one or more ports on the switch. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.

  • Page 201: Disable Sharing

    disable sharing disable sharing disable sharing <master_port> Description Disables a load-sharing group of ports. Syntax Description master_port Specifies the master port of a load-sharing group. On a modular switch, is a combination of the slot and port number, in the format <slot>:<port>. Default Disabled.

  • Page 202: Disable Slot

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch disable slot disable slot <slot> Description Disables one or all slots on a BlackDiamond switch, and leaves the blade in a power down state. Syntax Description slot Specifies the slot to be disabled. Default Enabled.

  • Page 203: Enable Edp Ports

    EDP is useful when Extreme Networks switches are attached to a port. The EDP is used to locate neighbor Extreme Networks switches and exchange information about switch configuration. When running on a normal switch port, EDP is used to by the switches to exchange topology information with each other.

  • Page 204: Enable Jumbo-Frame Ports

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch enable jumbo-frame ports enable jumbo-frame ports [all | <port_list>] Description Enables support on the physical ports that will carry jumbo frames. Syntax Description Specifies ports. port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.

  • Page 205: Enable Learning Port

    enable learning port enable learning port enable learning port [all | <port_list>] Description Enables MAC address learning on one or more ports. Syntax Description Specifies all ports. port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.

  • Page 206: Enable Mirroring To Port

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch enable mirroring to port enable mirroring to port [<port>] [tagged | untagged] Description Dedicates a port on the switch to be the mirror output port, or the monitor port. Syntax Description port Specifies the mirror output port.
  • Page 207 enable mirroring to port Example The following example selects slot 1, port 3 as the tagged mirror, or monitor, port on a modular switch: enable mirroring to port 1:3 tagged History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. Beginning with ExtremeWare XOS 11.0, you must configure the monitor port as tagged or untagged.

  • Page 208: Enable Port

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch enable port enable port [<port_list> | all] Description Enables a port. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports. May be in the form 3-5, 2:*, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. Specifies all ports on the switch.

  • Page 209: Enable Sharing Grouping

    enable sharing grouping enable sharing grouping enable sharing <master_port> grouping <port_list> {algorithm [port-based | address-based]} Description Enables the switch to configure static port load sharing. Syntax Description master_port Specifies the master port for a load-sharing group. port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports to be grouped to the master port. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.
  • Page 210 Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch Load-sharing algorithms allow you to select the distribution technique used by the load-sharing group to determine the output port selection. Algorithm selection is not intended for use in predictive traffic engineering. •...

  • Page 211: Enable Slot

    enable slot enable slot enable slot <slot> Description Enables slots on a BlackDiamond. Syntax Description slot Specifies the slot to be enabled. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines This command allows the user to enable a slot that has been previously disabled using the disable command.

  • Page 212: Restart Ports

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch restart ports restart ports [all | <port_list> Description Resets autonegotiation for one or more ports by resetting the physical link. Syntax Description Specifies all ports on the switch. port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.

  • Page 213: Run Msm-Failover

    run msm-failover run msm-failover run msm-failover {force} Description Causes a user-specified node failover. Syntax Description force Force fail over to occur. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to cause the primary MSM to failover to the backup MSM. Before you initiate failover, use the command to confirm that the nodes are in show switch {detail} sync and have identical software and switch configurations.

  • Page 214: Show Edp

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch show edp show edp {ports [all | <ports>] {detail}} Description Displays connectivity and configuration information for neighboring Extreme Networks switches. Syntax Description ports Specifies one or more ports or slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.
  • Page 215 The following command displays the connectivity and configuration of neighboring Extreme Networks switches: show edp ports 1:1 detail Following is sample output from this command: ============================================================================= Port 1:1: EDP is Enabled Tx stats: sw-pdu-tx=2555 vlan-pdu-tx=1465 pdu-tx-err=0 Rx stats: sw-pdu-rx=2511...

  • Page 216: Show Mirroring

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch show mirroring show mirroring Description Displays the port-mirroring configuration on the switch. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines You must enable mirroring on the switch prior to configuring mirroring, and you must configure mirroring to display mirroring statistics.

  • Page 217: Show Ports Collisions

    show ports collisions show ports collisions show ports {<port_list>} collisions Description Displays real-time collision statistics. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports. May be in the form 3-5, 2:*, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. Default N/A.

  • Page 218: Show Ports Configuration

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch show ports configuration show ports {<port_list>} configuration Description Displays port configuration statistics. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.
  • Page 219 show ports configuration Following is sample output from this command: Port Configuration Port Virtual Port Link Auto Speed Duplex Flow Load Media router State State Neg Cfg Actual Cfg Actual Cntrl Master Primary ================================================================================ VR-Default AUTO AUTO ================================================================================ Link Status: A-Active R-Ready Port State: D-Disabled E-Enabled History...

  • Page 220: Show Ports Information

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch show ports information show ports {<port_list>} information {detail} Description Displays detailed system-related information. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.
  • Page 221 show ports information parameter is used to provided more specific port information. The data is called out with detail written explanations versus displayed in a table format. The detailed output displays a link filter counter. The link filter counter is calculated at the middle layer on receiving an event.
  • Page 222 Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch Jumbo: Disabled BG QoS monitor: Unsupported QoS Profile: None configured Queue: MinBw=0% MaxBw=100% Pri=1 MinBw=0% MaxBw=100% Pri=2 MinBw=0% MaxBw=100% Pri=3 MinBw=0% MaxBw=100% Pri=4 MinBw=0% MaxBw=100% Pri=5 MinBw=0% MaxBw=100% Pri=6 MinBw=0% MaxBw=100% Pri=7 MinBw=0% MaxBw=100% Pri=8 Ingress Rate Shaping : support IQP1-8...

  • Page 223: Show Ports Packet

    show ports packet show ports packet show ports {<port_list>} packet Description Displays a histogram of packet statistics. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more ports or slots and ports. May be in the form 1, 2, 3-5, 2:*, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. Default N/A.
  • Page 224 Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 225: Show Ports Sharing

    show ports sharing show ports sharing show ports sharing Description Displays port load-sharing groups. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays a port load-sharing group: show ports sharing The following is sample output from this command: Load Sharing Monitor Config Current Ld Share...

  • Page 226: Show Slot

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch show slot show slot {<slot> {detail} | detail } Description Displays the slot-specific information. Syntax Description slot Specifies a slot on a modular switch. detail Specifies detailed port information. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines command displays the following information: show slot...
  • Page 227 show slot The following example displays module information for a specified slot: BD-10808.3 # show slot 5 Slot-5 information: State: Operational Download %: Flags: Serial number: 804403-00-01 1 Hw Module Type: G60T SW Version: 11.0.0.19 SW Build: v1100b19 by release-manager on Wed Jun 2 16:01:52 PDT 20 Configured Type: G60T Ports available:...
  • Page 228 Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch Download %: Flags: Serial number: 804403-00-01 1 Hw Module Type: G60T SW Version: 11.0.0.19 SW Build: v1100b19 by release-manager on Wed Jun 2 16:01:52 PDT 20 Configured Type: G60T Ports available: (This example was manually truncated after displaying the information for slot 5.) History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 229: Unconfigure Ports Display String

    unconfigure ports display string unconfigure ports display string unconfigure ports <port_list> display-string Description Clears the user-defined display string from one or more ports. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more lots and ports. On a modular switch, can be a list of slots and ports.

  • Page 230: Unconfigure Slot

    Commands for Configuring Slots and Ports on a Switch unconfigure slot unconfigure slot <slot> Description Clears a slot of a previously assigned module type. Syntax Description slot Specifies a slot on a modular switch. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command clears slot 4 of a previously assigned module type: unconfigure slot 4 History...

  • Page 231: Vlan Commands

    VLAN Commands This chapter describes commands for: • Creating and deleting VLANs and performing basic VLAN configuration • Defining protocol filters for use with VLANs • Creating and deleting VMANs and performing basic VMAN configuration VLANs can be created according to the following criteria: •...

  • Page 232: Configure Protocol Add

    VLAN Commands configure protocol add configure protocol <name> add [etype | llc | snap] <hex> {[etype | llc | snap] <hex>} ... Description Configures a user-defined protocol filter. Syntax Description name Specifies a protocol filter name. Specifies a four-digit hexadecimal number between 0 and FFFF that represents: •...

  • Page 233: Configure Protocol Delete

    configure protocol delete configure protocol delete configure protocol <name> delete [etype | llc | snap] <hex> {[etype | llc | snap] <hex>} ... Description Deletes the specified protocol type from a protocol filter. Syntax Description name Specifies a protocol filter name. Specifies a four-digit hexadecimal number between 0 and FFFF that represents: •...

  • Page 234: Configure Vlan Add Ports

    VLAN Commands configure vlan add ports configure vlan <vlan_name> add [ports <port_list> | all] {tagged | untagged |stpd <stpd_name> {dot1d | emistp | pvst-plus}} {nobroadcast} Description Adds one or more ports in a VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. port_list Specifies a list of slots and ports.
  • Page 235 configure vlan add ports History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 236: Configure Vlan Delete Ports

    VLAN Commands configure vlan delete ports configure vlan <vlan_name> delete ports [all | <port_list>] Description Deletes one or more ports in a VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all ports. port_list A list of ports or slots and ports. May be in the form 2:5, 2:6-2:8. Default N/A.

  • Page 237: Configure Vlan Ipaddress

    configure vlan ipaddress configure vlan ipaddress configure vlan <vlan_name> ipaddress <ipaddress> {<netmask>} Description Assigns an IP address and an optional subnet mask to the VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. ipaddress Specifies an IP address. netmask Specifies a subnet mask in dotted-quad notation (e.g. 255.255.255.0). Default N/A.

  • Page 238: Configure Vlan Name

    You cannot change the name of the default VLAN “Default.” NOTE If you use the same name across categories (for example, STPD and EAPS names), Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the actual name. If you do not use the keyword, the system may return an error message.

  • Page 239: Configure Vlan Protocol

    configure vlan protocol configure vlan protocol configure vlan <vlan_name> protocol <protocol_name> Description Configures a VLAN to use a specific protocol filter. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. protocol_name Specifies a protocol filter name. This can be the name of a predefined protocol filter, or one you have defined.

  • Page 240: Configure Vlan Tag

    VLAN Commands configure vlan tag configure vlan <vlan_name> tag <tag> Description Assigns a unique 802.1Q tag to the VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies a value to use as an 802.1Q tag. The valid range is from 2 to 4095. Default The default VLAN uses an 802.1Q tag (and an internal VLANid) of 1.

  • Page 241: Configure Vman Add Ports

    All VMAN ports are automatically enabled for jumbo frames to accommodate the extra VMAN tag. The Extreme Networks default Ethernet type for VMAN is 088a8. All ports added to a specified VMAN must be in the same virtual router. For more information on displaying, configuring, and using virtual routers, see Chapter 6.
  • Page 242 VLAN Commands VMAN ports can belong to load-sharing groups. If any port in the load-sharing group is enabled for VMAN, all ports in the group are automatically enabled to handle jumbo size frames. Also, VMAN is automatically enabled on all ports of the untagged load-sharing group. Example The following command assigns ports 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, and 1:6 to a VMAN named accounting: configure vlan accounting add ports 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:6 tag 100...

  • Page 243: Configure Vman Delete Ports

    configure vman delete ports configure vman delete ports configure vman <vlan_name> delete ports [ all | <port_list> ] Description deletes one or more ports in a VMAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VMAN name. Specifies all ports. port_list Specifies a list of slots and ports. May be in the form 3-5, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. Default N/A.

  • Page 244: Configure Vman Ethertype

    The default VMAN Ethernet type on Extreme devices is 0x88a8. If your VMAN transits a third-party device (other than an Extreme Networks device), you must configure the EtherType for the VMAN tag as 8100 for third-party those switches (or as the Ethernet type that the third-party device uses).

  • Page 245: Configure Vman Tag

    configure vman tag configure vman tag configure vman <vlan_name> tag <tag> Description Assigns a unique 802.1Q tag to the VMAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VMAN name. Specifies a value to use as VMAN tag 802.1Q tag. The valid range is from 2 to 4094.

  • Page 246: Create Protocol

    VLAN Commands create protocol create protocol <name> Description Creates a user-defined protocol filter. Syntax Description name Specifies a protocol filter name. The protocol filter name can have a maximum of 31 characters. Usage Guidelines Protocol-based VLANs enable you to define packet filters that the switch can use as the matching criteria to determine if a particular packet belongs to a particular VLAN.

  • Page 247: Create Vlan

    NOTE If you use the same name across categories (for example, STPD and EAPS names), Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the actual name. If you do not use the keyword, the system may return an error message.
  • Page 248 VLAN Commands VLAN names are locally significant. That is, VLAN names used on one switch are only meaningful to that switch. If another switch is connected to it, the VLAN names have no significance to the other switch. If you do not specify a virtual router when you create a VLAN, the system creates that VLAN in the default virtual router (VR-Default).

  • Page 249: Create Vman

    You must configure the VMAN tunnel egress, or trunk, port as untagged so that the VMAN header is stripped from the frame. All ports added to the VMAN are automatically enabled for jumbo frames. The Extreme Networks default Ethernet type for VMAN is 088a8.
  • Page 250 VLAN Commands History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 251: Delete Protocol

    delete protocol delete protocol delete protocol <name> Description Deletes a user-defined protocol. Syntax Description name Specifies a protocol name. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If you delete a protocol that is in use by a VLAN, the protocol associated with than VLAN will become none Example The following command deletes a protocol named fred:...

  • Page 252: Delete Vlan

    VLAN Commands delete vlan delete vlan <vlan_name> Description Deletes a VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If you delete a VLAN that has untagged port members and you want those ports to be returned to the default VLAN, you must add them back explicitly using the command.

  • Page 253: Delete Vman

    delete vman delete vman delete vman <vlan_name> Description Deletes a VMAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VMAN name. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command deletes the VMAN accounting: delete vman accounting History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 254: Disable Loopback-Mode Vlan

    VLAN Commands disable loopback-mode vlan disable loopback-mode vlan <vlan_name> Description Disallows a VLAN to be placed in the UP state without an external active port. This allows (disallows) the VLANs routing interface to become active. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. Default N/A.

  • Page 255: Enable Loopback-Mode Vlan

    enable loopback-mode vlan enable loopback-mode vlan enable loopback-mode vlan <vlan_name> Description Allows a VLAN to be placed in the UP state without an external active port. This allows (disallows) the VLANs routing interface to become active. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. Default N/A.

  • Page 256: Show Protocol

    VLAN Commands show protocol show protocol {<name>} Description Displays protocol filter definitions. Syntax Description name Specifies a protocol filter name. Default Displays all protocol filters. Usage Guidelines Displays the defined protocol filter(s) with the types and values of its component protocols. Example The following is an example of the command:...

  • Page 257: Show Vlan

    show vlan show vlan show vlan {detail |<vlan_name> {stpd}} Description Displays information about VLANs. Syntax Description detail Specifies that detailed information should be displayed for each VLAN. vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. stpd Specifies that STP domains displays for each VLAN. Default Summary information for all VLANs on the device.
  • Page 258 VLAN Commands Example The following is an example of the command: show vlan ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name VID Protocol Addr Flags Proto Ports Virtual Active router /Total ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Default -------------------- ---------T-- 1 /776 VR-Default Mgmt 4095 -------------------- ------------ 0 /1 VR-Mgmt peggy 4094 10.1.1.1 ------------ 0 /0...

  • Page 259: Show Vman

    show vman show vman show vman {<vlan_name> | etherType | detail} Description Displays information about VMANs. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies information is displayed for particular VMAN. etherType Specifies that Ethertype information is displayed for each VMAN. detail Specifies all information is displayed for each VMAN. Default Summary information for all VMANs on the device.
  • Page 260 VLAN Commands Flags: (*) Active, (!) Disabled (g) Load Sharing port Untag: *3:1 Tag: *5:2 The following is an example of the display from the command: show vman etherType vMan EtherType: 0x88a8 The display from the command shows all the information shown in the show vman detail show vman command, but displays information for all configured VMANs.

  • Page 261: Unconfigure Vlan Ipaddress

    unconfigure vlan ipaddress unconfigure vlan ipaddress unconfigure vlan <vlan_name> ipaddress Description Removes the IP address of the VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command removes the IP address from the VLAN accounting: unconfigure vlan accounting ipaddress History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.
  • Page 262 VLAN Commands ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 263: Chapter 6 Commands For Virtual Routers

    Commands for Virtual Routers This chapter describes commands for: • Creating and deleting virtual routers • Configuring and managing virtual routers • Displaying information about virtual routers Virtual Routers ExtremeWare XOS supports virtual routers. This capability allows a single physical switch to be split into multiple virtual routers.

  • Page 264: Create Virtual-Router

    Commands for Virtual Routers create virtual-router create virtual-router <vr-name> Description Creates a virtual router. Syntax Description vr-name Specifies the name of the virtual router. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines A virtual router is identified by a name (up to 32 characters long). The name must be unique among the VLAN and virtual router names on the switch.

  • Page 265: Configure Vr Add Protocol

    configure vr add protocol configure vr add protocol configure vr <vr-name> add protocol <protocol-name> Description Starts the layer 3 protocol on a virtual router. Syntax Description vr-name Specifies the name of the virtual router. protocol-name Specifies the layer 3 protocol. Default N/A.

  • Page 266: Configure Vr Add Ports

    Commands for Virtual Routers configure vr add ports configure vr <vr-name> add ports <portlist> Description Assigns a list of ports to the virtual router specified. Syntax Description vr-name Specifies the name of the virtual router. portlist Specifies the ports to add to the virtual router. Default By default, all ports are assigned to the virtual router, VR-Default.

  • Page 267: Configure Vr Delete Protocol

    configure vr delete protocol configure vr delete protocol configure vr <vr-name> delete protocol <protocol-name> Description Stops and removes the layer 3 protocol on a virtual router. Syntax Description vr-name Specifies the name of the virtual router. protocol-name Specifies the layer 3 protocol. Default N/A.

  • Page 268: Configure Vr Delete Ports

    Commands for Virtual Routers configure vr delete ports configure vr <vr-name> delete ports <portlist> Description Removes a list of ports from the virtual router specified. Syntax Description vr-name Specifies the name of the virtual router. portlist Specifies the ports to remove from the virtual router. Default By default, all ports are assigned to the virtual router, VR-Default.

  • Page 269: Delete Virtual-Router

    delete virtual-router delete virtual-router delete virtual-router <vr-name> Description Deletes a virtual router. Syntax Description vr-name Specifies the name of the virtual router. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Only user virtual routers can be deleted. When a virtual router gets deleted, all of the VLANs in the virtual router will be deleted.

  • Page 270: Show Virtual-Router

    Commands for Virtual Routers show virtual-router show virtual-router {<vr-name>} Description Displays information about the virtual routers. Syntax Description vr-name Specifies the name of the virtual router. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines During system boot up, ExtremeWare XOS creates three system virtual routers: VR-Mgmt, VR-Control, and VR-Default (previous to release 11.0 these virtual routers were named VR-0, VR-1, and VR-2, respectively).
  • Page 271 show virtual-router The following is sample output from this command: --------------------------------------------------------- Virtual Router Number of Number of Flags Vlans Ports --------------------------------------------------------- VR-Control ---- VR-Default bopr VR-Mgmt ---- --------------------------------------------------------- Flags : Routing protocols configured on the virtual router (b) BGP, (o) OSPF, (r) RIP, (p) PIM The following command displays the virtual router helix: show virtual-router helix The following is sample output from this command:...

  • Page 272: Virtual-Router

    Commands for Virtual Routers virtual-router virtual-router {<vr-name>} Description Changes the virtual router domain context. Syntax Description vr-name Specifies the name of the virtual router. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to change the virtual router context for subsequent commands. When you issue the command, the prompt changes to reflect the virtual router domain.

  • Page 273: Chapter 7 Fdb Commands

    FDB Commands This chapter describes commands for: • Configuring FDB entries • Displaying FDB entries • Configuring and enabling FDB scanning The switch maintains a database of all media access control (MAC) addresses received on all of its ports. It uses the information in this database to decide whether a frame should be forwarded or filtered. Each FDB entry consists of the MAC address of the device, an identifier for the port on which it was received, and an identifier for the VLAN to which the device belongs.

  • Page 274: Clear Fdb

    FDB Commands clear fdb clear fdb {<mac_addr> | broadcast-mac | ports <port_list> | <vlan_name>} Description Clears dynamic FDB entries that match the filter. Syntax Description mac_addr Specifies a MAC address, using colon-separated bytes. broadcast-mac Specifies broadcast MAC entries. port_list Specifies one or more ports. May be in the form 1, 2, 3-5, 2:*, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name.

  • Page 275: Configure Fdb Agingtime

    configure fdb agingtime configure fdb agingtime configure fdb agingtime <seconds> Description Configures the FDB aging time for dynamic entries. Syntax Description seconds Specifies the aging time in seconds. Range is 15 through 1,000,000. A value of 0 indicates that the entry should never be aged out. Default 300 seconds.

  • Page 276: Create Fdbentry Vlan Ports

    FDB Commands create fdbentry vlan ports create fdbentry <mac_addr> vlan <vlan_name> ports <ports> Description Creates a permanent static FDB entry. Syntax Description mac_addr Specifies a device MAC address, using colon-separated bytes. vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name associated with a MAC address. ports Specifies one or more slots and ports associated with the MAC address.

  • Page 277: Delete Fdbentry

    delete fdbentry delete fdbentry delete fdbentry [<mac_address> [vlan <vlan name>]| broadcast-mac [vlan <vlan name>] | all] Description Deletes one or all permanent FDB entries. Syntax Description mac_address Specifies a device MAC address, using colon-separated bytes. vlan Specifies a VLAN. vlan_name Specifies the specific VLAN name.

  • Page 278: Show Fdb

    FDB Commands show fdb show fdb {<mac_addr> | broadcast-mac | permanent | ports <portlist> | vlan <vlan_name>} Description Displays FDB entries. Syntax Description mac_addr Specifies a MAC address, using colon-separated bytes, for which FDB entries should be displayed. broadcast-mac Specifies the broadcast MAC address. May be used as an alternate to the colon-separated byte form of the address ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff.
  • Page 279 show fdb Example The following command displays information about all the entries in the FDB: show fdb It produces output similar to the following: Vlan Flags Port List ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 00:a0:23:12:34:56 peggy(4094) 0000 0000 5:11 Flags : d - Dynamic, s - Static, p - Permanent, m - MAC, i - IP, x - IPX, l - lockdown MAC, M - Mirror, B - Egress Blackhole, b - Ingress Blackhole.
  • Page 280 FDB Commands ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 281: Qos Commands

    QoS Commands This chapter describes commands for: • Configuring Quality of Service (QoS) profiles • Configuring and displaying bidirectional rate-shaping • Creating traffic groupings and assigning the groups to QoS profiles • Configuring, enabling and disabling explicit class-of-service traffic groupings (802.1p and DiffServ) •...
  • Page 282 QoS Commands Extreme switch products support explicit Class of Service traffic groupings. This category of traffic groupings describes what is sometimes referred to as explicit packet marking, and includes: • IP DiffServ code points, formerly known as IP TOS bits •...

  • Page 283: Configure Diffserv Examination Code-Point

    configure diffserv examination code-point configure diffserv examination code-point configure diffserv examination code-point <code-point> [qosprofile <qosprofile>] Description Configures the default ingress DiffServ code points (DSCP) to QoS profile mapping. Syntax Description code-point Specifies a DiffServ code point (a 6-bit value in the IP-TOS byte in the IP header).

  • Page 284: Configure Diffserv Replacement

    DiffServ (IP-TOS byte) of the IP header. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines NOTE Extreme Networks recommends that you use the value to configure this qosprofile <qosprofile> parameter. The default QoS Profile to 802.1p priority value to code point mapping is shown in the following table: 802.1p Priority...
  • Page 285 configure diffserv replacement History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 286: Configure Dot1P Type

    QoS Commands configure dot1p type configure dot1p type <dot1p_priority> [qosprofile <qosprofile>] Description Configures the default QoS profile to 802.1p priority mapping. Syntax Description dot1p_priority Specifies the 802.1p priority value. The value is an integer between 0 and 7. qosprofile Specifies a specific QoS profile. Default The default mapping of each 802.1p priority value to QoS profile is as follows: Dot1p Priority...

  • Page 287: Configure Ports Qosprofile

    configure ports qosprofile configure ports qosprofile configure ports [<port_list>] [qosprofile <qosprofile>] Description Configures one or more ports to use a particular QoS profile. Syntax Description port_list Specifies a list of slots and ports. May be in the form 3-5, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. qosprofile Specifies a QoS profile.

  • Page 288: Configure Qosprofile Ingress Ports

    QoS Commands configure qosprofile ingress ports configure qosprofile ingress <iqp> [minbw <percentage> maxbw <percent> | committed_rate <bps> [k | m] peak_rate <bps> [k | m]] priority <level> ports [<port_list> | all] Description Sets the ingress rate shaping parameters, which is an ingress QoS profile. Syntax Description Specifies an ingress QoS profile: •...
  • Page 289 configure qosprofile ingress ports • Maximum committed and peak rates—varies by I/O module: — 1G I/O module—1,000 Mbps — 10G I/O module—10,000 Mbps • Priority—By default, each qosprofile is assigned a different priority level, which varies by I/O module: — 1G I/O module: •...

  • Page 290: Configure Qosprofile Ports

    QoS Commands configure qosprofile ports configure qosprofile <qosprofile> [minbw <min_number> | maxbw <max_number> | committed-rate <bps> [k | m] | peak-rate <bps> [k | m] | priority <level> ports [<port_list> | all] Description Modifies the default QoS profile parameters. Syntax Description qosprofile Specifies a QoS profile name.
  • Page 291 configure qosprofile ports — QP7 - 7, High — QP8 - 8, HighHi (highest priority) Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command configures the QoS profile parameters of QoS profile Qp5 for specific ports: configure qosprofile qp5 minbw 10 maxbw 80 priority HighHi ports 5:5-5:7 History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 292: Configure Vlan Qosprofile

    QoS Commands configure vlan qosprofile configure vlan <vlan_name> qosprofile <qosprofile> Description Configures a VLAN to use a particular QoS profile. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. qosprofile Specifies a QoS profile. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Extreme switches support eight QoS profiles (QP1 to QP8) for each port. NOTE This command applies only to untagged packets.

  • Page 293: Disable Diffserv Examination Port

    disable diffserv examination port disable diffserv examination port disable diffserv examination port [<port_list> | all] Description Disables the examination of the DiffServ field in an IP packet. Syntax Description port_list Specifies a list of slots and ports to which the parameters apply. May be in the form 3-5, 2:5, 2:6-2:8.

  • Page 294: Disable Diffserv Replacement Port

    QoS Commands disable diffserv replacement port disable diffserv replacement port [<port_list> | all] Description Disables the replacement of DiffServ code points in packets transmitted by the switch. Syntax Description port_list Specifies a list of slots and ports to which the parameters apply. May be in the form 3-5, 2:5, 2:6-2:8.

  • Page 295: Disable Dot1P Replacement Ports

    disable dot1p replacement ports disable dot1p replacement ports disable dot1p replacement ports [<port_list> | all] Description Disables the ability to overwrite 802.1p priority values for a given set of ports. Syntax Description port_list Specifies a list of slots and ports to which the parameters apply. May be in the form 3-5, 2:5, 2:6-2:8.

  • Page 296: Enable Diffserv Examination Port

    Usage Guidelines The diffserv examination feature is disabled by default. If you are using DiffServ for QoS parameters, Extreme Networks recommends that you also configure 802.1p or port-based QoS parameters to ensure that high-priority traffic is not dropped prior to reaching the MSM.

  • Page 297: Enable Diffserv Replacement Ports

    Eight user-defined DiffServ code points can be configured on each port. The QoS profile is used to select one of the eight code points. If you are using DiffServ for QoS parameters, Extreme Networks recommends that you also configure 802.1p or port-based QoS parameters to ensure that high-priority traffic is not dropped prior to reaching the MSM.

  • Page 298: Enable Dot1P Replacement Ports

    QoS Commands enable dot1p replacement ports enable dot1p replacement ports [<port_list> | all] Description Allows the 802.1p priority field to be overwritten on egress according to the QoS profile to 802.1p priority mapping for a given set of ports. Syntax Description port_list Specifies a list of slots and ports.

  • Page 299: Show Diffserv

    show diffserv show diffserv show diffserv [examination | replacement] Description Displays the DiffServ-to-QoS profile mapping. Syntax Description examination Specifies to display currently configured mapping for each DiffServ code point to QoS profile. replacement Specifies to display currently configured code point replacement value. Default N/A.
  • Page 300 QoS Commands QP7->48 QP8->56 History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. The variables were added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 301: Show Dot1P

    show dot1p show dot1p show dot1p Description Displays the 802.1p-to-QoS profile mappings. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays the current 802.1p-to-QoS mappings on the switch: show dot1p Following is sample output from this command: 802.1p Priority Value QOS Profile...

  • Page 302: Show Ports Qosmonitor

    QoS Commands show ports qosmonitor show ports <port_list> qosmonitor {ingress | egress} Description Displays ingress rate shaping statistics in addition to real-time QoS statistics for egress packets on one or more ports. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. May be in the form 3-5, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. egress Specifies to display statistics in egress.
  • Page 303 show ports qosmonitor History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. The ingress information was added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Also, you must specify the ports in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 304: Show Qosprofile Ports

    QoS Commands show qosprofile ports show qosprofile {ingress | egress} ports [ all | <port_list>] Description Displays QoS information on the switch. Syntax Description Ingress Specifies ingress queues. egress Specifies egress queues. port_list Specifies al list of slots and ports. Specifies all ports.
  • Page 305 show qosprofile ports The following shows sample output for the command, which show qosprofile ingress ports 8:1 displays the ingress QoS profiles on a 10 G port: Port: 8:1 IQP1 MinBw= 0% MaxBw=100% Pri=1 IQP2 MinBw= 0% MaxBw=100% Pri=2 IQP3 MinBw= 0% MaxBw=100% Pri=3 IQP4 MinBw= 0% MaxBw=100% Pri=4...

  • Page 306: Unconfigure Diffserv

    QoS Commands unconfigure diffserv unconfigure diffserv [examination | replacement] Description Uses the default DiffServ examination code point or uses the default DiffServ replacement mapping. Syntax Description examination Specifies to unconfigure the DiffServ examination point. replacement Specifies to unconfigure the DiffServ replacement mapping. Default N/A.

  • Page 307: Unconfigure Qosprofile Ports

    unconfigure qosprofile ports unconfigure qosprofile ports unconfigure qosprofile {ingress | egress} ports [<port_list>|all] Description Returns the ingress rate shaping parameters, which is an ingress QoS profile, or the egressing QoS values to default values. Syntax Description ingress Specifies all ingress QoS profiles for specified ports. The default ingress values are as follows: •...
  • Page 308 QoS Commands • IQP3 - 3, Normal • IQP4 - 4, NormalHi • IQP5 - 5, Medium • IQP6 - 6, MediumHi • IQP7 - 7, High • IQP8 - 8, HighHi (highest priority) • Egress priority — QP1 - 1, Low —...

  • Page 309: Commands For Status Monitoring And Statistics

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics This chapter describes commands for: • Configuring and managing the Event Management System/Logging • Configuring and monitoring system health and statistics • Enabling, disabling, and configuring sFlow® statistics collection Event Management System When an event occurs on a switch, the Event Management System (EMS) allows you to send messages generated by these events to a specified log target.
  • Page 310 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics sFlow Statistics sFlow ® is a technology for monitoring traffic in data networks containing switches and routers. It relies on statistical sampling of packets from high-speed networks, plus periodic gathering of the statistics. A User Datagram Protocol (UDP) datagram format is defined to send the information to an external entity for analysis.

  • Page 311: Clear Counters

    clear counters clear counters clear counters Description Clears all switch statistics and port counters, including port packet statistics, bridging statistics, IP statistics, and log event counters. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines You should view the switch statistics and port counters before you clear them. Use the show port command to view port statistics.

  • Page 312: Clear Log

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics clear log clear log {error-led | static | messages [memory-buffer | nvram]} Description Clears the log database. Syntax Description error-led Clears the ERR LED on the MSM. static Specifies that the messages in the NVRAM and memory-buffer targets are cleared, and the ERR LED on the MSM is cleared.

  • Page 313: Clear Log Counters

    clear log counters clear log counters clear log counters {<event-condition> | [all | <event-component>] {severity <severity> {only}}} Description Clears the incident counters for events. Syntax Description event-condition Specifies the event condition counter to clear. Specifies that all events counters are to be cleared. event-component Specifies that all the event counters associated with a particular component should be cleared.

  • Page 314: Configure Log Filter Events

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics configure log filter events configure log filter <name> [add | delete] {exclude} events [<event-condition> | [all | <event-component>] {severity <severity> {only}}] Description Configures a log filter by adding or deleting a specified set of events. Syntax Description name Specifies the filter to configure.
  • Page 315 configure log filter events Events, Components, and Subcomponents. As mentioned, a single event can be included or excluded by specifying the event’s name. Multiple events can be added or removed by specifying an ExtremeWare XOS component name plus an optional severity. Some components, such as BGP, contain subcomponents, such as Keepalive, which is specified as BGP.Keepalive.
  • Page 316 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics To get a listing of the components present in the system, use the following command: show log components To get a listing of event condition definitions, use the following command: show log events To see the current configuration of a filter, use the following command: show log configuration filter {<filter name>} Example The following command adds all STP component events at severity...

  • Page 317: Configure Log Filter Events Match

    configure log filter events match configure log filter events match configure log filter <name> [add | delete] {exclude} events [<event-condition> | [all | <event-component>] {severity <severity> {only}}] [match | strict-match] <type> <value> Description Configures a log filter by adding or deleting a specified set of events and specific set of match parameter values.
  • Page 318 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics definitions (the event text and parameter types). The syntax for the parameter types (represented by in the command syntax above) is: <type> [bgp [neighbor | routerid] <ip address> | {destination | source} [ipaddress <ip address> | L4-port | mac-address ] | {egress | ingress} [slot <slot number>...
  • Page 319 configure log filter events match Example By default, all log targets are associated with the built-in filter, DefaultFilter. Therefore, the most straightforward way to send additional messages to a log target is to modify DefaultFilter. In the following example, the command modifies the built-in filter to allow incidents in the STP component, and all subcomponents of STP, of severity critical, error, warning, notice and info.

  • Page 320: Configure Log Target Filter

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics configure log target filter configure log target [console | memory-buffer | primary-msm | backup-msm | nvram | session | syslog [all | <ipaddress> {vr <vr_name>} [local0 ... local7]]] filter <filter-name> {severity <severity> {only}} Description Associates a filter to a target.
  • Page 321 configure log target filter Table 10: Default target log characteristics Target Enabled Severity Level console display no info memory buffer debug-data NVRAM warning primary MSM error backup MSM error session info syslog debug-data If the condition for the target is met by a message generated on the primary, the event is backup-msm sent to the backup MSM.

  • Page 322: Configure Log Target Format

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics configure log target format configure log target [console | memory-buffer | nvram | session | syslog [all | <ipaddress> {vr <vr_name>} local0 ... local7]]] format [timestamp [seconds | hundredths | none] | date [dd-mm-yyyy | dd-Mmm-yyyy | mm-dd-yyyy | Mmm-dd | yyyy-mm-dd | none] | severity | event-name [component | condition | none | subcomponent] | priority...
  • Page 323 configure log target format • process-name—off • process-slot—off • source-line—off The following defaults apply to syslog targets (per RFC 3164): • timestamp—seconds • date—mmm-dd • severity—on • event-name—none • priority—on • process-name—off • process-slot—off • source-line—off If a virtual router is not specified, VR-Mgmt is used. Usage Guidelines This command configures the format of the items that make up log messages.
  • Page 324 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics Dates are suppressed altogether by specifying . Dates are displayed as by default. none mm-dd-yyyy Severity. A four-letter abbreviation of the severity of the event can be output by specifying severity or suppressed by specifying .
  • Page 325 configure log target format History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 326: Configure Log Target Match

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics configure log target match configure log target [console | memory-buffer | nvram | primary-msm | backup-msm | session | syslog [all | <ipaddress> {vr <vr_name>} [local0 ... local7]]] match [any |<match-expression>] Description Associates a match expression to a target. Syntax Description console Specifies the console display.
  • Page 327 configure log target match To see the current configuration of a filter, use the following command: show log configuration filter {<filter name>} Example The following command sends log messages to the current session, that pass the current filter and severity level, and contain the string user5: configure log target session match user5 History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 328: Configure Log Target Severity

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics configure log target severity configure log target [console | memory-buffer | nvram | primary-msm | backup-msm | session | syslog [<all | ipaddress> {vr <vr_name>} [local0 ... local7]]] {severity <severity> {only}} Description Sets the severity level of messages sent to the target. Syntax Description console Specifies the console display.
  • Page 329 configure log target severity To see the current configuration of a target, use the following command: show log configuration target {console | memory-buffer | nvram | primary-msm | backup-msm | session | syslog <ipaddress> [local0 ... local7]} To see the current configuration of a filter, use the following command: show log configuration filter {<filter name>} Example The following command sends log messages to the current session, that pass the current filter at a...

  • Page 330: Configure Sflow Agent Ipaddress

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics configure sflow agent ipaddress configure sflow agent {ipaddress} <ip-address> Description Configures the sFlow agent’s IP address. Syntax Description ip-address Specifies the IP address from which sFlow data is sent on the switch. Default The default configured IP address is 0.0.0.0, but the effective IP address is the management port IP address.

  • Page 331: Configure Sflow Collector Ipaddress

    configure sflow collector ipaddress configure sflow collector ipaddress configure sflow collector {ipaddress} <ip-address> {port <udp-port-number>} {vr <vrname>} Description Configures the sFlow agent’s IP address. Syntax Description ip-address Specifies the IP address to send the sFlow data. udp-port-number Specifies the UDP port to send the sFlow data. vrname Specifies from which virtual router to send the sFlow data.

  • Page 332: Configure Sflow Max-Cpu-Sample-Limit

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics configure sflow max-cpu-sample-limit configure sflow max-cpu-sample-limit <rate> Description Configures the maximum number of sFlow samples handled by the CPU per second. Syntax Description rate Specifies the maximum sFlow samples per second. Default The default value is 2000 samples per second. Usage Guidelines This command configures the maximum number of samples sent to the CPU per second.

  • Page 333: Configure Sflow Poll-Interval

    configure sflow poll-interval configure sflow poll-interval configure sflow poll-interval <seconds> Description Configures the sFlow counter polling interval. Syntax Description seconds Specifies the number of seconds between polling each counter. The value can range from 0 to 3600 seconds. Default The default polling interval is 20 seconds. Usage Guidelines Each sFlow statistics counter is polled at regular intervals, and this data is then sent to the sFlow collector.

  • Page 334: Configure Sflow Ports Sample-Rate

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics configure sflow ports sample-rate configure sflow ports <portlist> sample-rate <number> Description Configures the sFlow per-port sampling rate. Syntax Description portlist Specifies a list of ports. number Specifies the fraction (1/number) of packets to be sampled. Default The default number is 8192, unless modified by the command.

  • Page 335: Configure Sflow Sample-Rate

    configure sflow sample-rate configure sflow sample-rate configure sflow sample-rate <number> Description Configures the sFlow default sampling rate. Syntax Description number Specifies the fraction (1/number) of packets to be sampled. Default The default number is 8192. Usage Guidelines This command configures the default sampling rate. The rate is rounded off to the next power of two, so if 400 is specified, the sample rate is configured as 512.

  • Page 336: Configure Sys-Health-Check Interval

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics configure sys-health-check interval configure sys-health-check interval <interval> Description Configures the frequency of sending backplane diagnostic packets and the polling interval. If backplane diagnostic packets are disabled, this command configures the global polling interval on the switch. Syntax Description interval Specifies the frequency of sending backplane diagnostic packets and polling...
  • Page 337 6 for the interval NOTE Extreme Networks does not recommend configuring an interval of less than 6 seconds. Doing this can cause excessive CPU utilization. Example The following example assumes that you enabled backplane diagnostic packets on a specific I/O slot.

  • Page 338: Configure Sys-Recovery-Level

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics configure sys-recovery-level configure sys-recovery-level [all | none] Description Configures a recovery option for instances where an exception occurs in ExtremeWare XOS. Syntax Description Configures ExtremeWare XOS to log an error into the syslog and either shutdown or reboot the system after any task exception occurs.

  • Page 339: Configure Syslog Add

    configure syslog add configure syslog add configure syslog {add} <ipaddress> {vr <vr_name>} [local0 ... local7] {<severity>} Description Configures the remote syslog server host address, and filters messages to be sent to the remote syslog target. Syntax Description ipaddress Specifies the remote syslog server IP address. vr_name Specifies the virtual router that can reach the server IP address.
  • Page 340 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 341: Configure Syslog Delete

    configure syslog delete configure syslog delete configure syslog delete [all | <ipaddress>] {vr <vr_name>} {local0 ... local7} Description Deletes a remote syslog server address. Syntax Description Specifies all remote syslog servers. ipaddress Specifies the remote syslog server IP address. vr_name Specifies the virtual router that can reach the server IP address.

  • Page 342: Create Log Filter

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics create log filter create log filter <name> {copy <filter name>} Description Creates a log filter with the specified name. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of the filter to create. copy Specifies that the new filter is to be copied from an existing one. filter name Specifies the existing filter to copy.

  • Page 343: Delete Log Filter

    delete log filter delete log filter delete log filter [<filter name> | all] Description Deletes a log filter with the specified name. Syntax Description filter name Specifies the filter to delete. Specifies that all filters, except DefaultFilter, are to be deleted Default N/A.

  • Page 344: Disable Cli-Config-Logging

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics disable cli-config-logging disable cli-config-logging Description Disables the logging of CLI configuration commands to the switch Syslog. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Every command is displayed in the log window which allows you to view every command executed on the switch.

  • Page 345: Disable Log Debug-Mode

    disable log debug-mode disable log debug-mode disable log debug-mode Description Disables debug mode. The switch stops logging events of severity debug-summary, debug-verbose, and debug-data. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines This command disables debug mode. Debug mode must be enabled prior to logging debug messages, which can severely degrade performance.

  • Page 346: Disable Log Target

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics disable log target disable log target [console | memory-buffer | nvram | primary-msm | backup-msm | session | syslog [all | <ipaddress> ] {vr <vr_name> [local0 ... local7]]] Description Stops sending log messages to the specified target. Syntax Description console Specifies the console display.
  • Page 347 disable log target History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. options were first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. primary-msm backup-msm ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 348: Disable Sflow

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics disable sflow disable sflow Description Globally disables sFlow statistical packet sampling. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines This command disables sFlow globally on the switch. Example The following command disables sFlow sampling globally: disable sflow History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 349: Disable Sflow Ports

    disable sflow ports disable sflow ports disable sflow ports <portlist> Description Disables sFlow statistical packet sampling on a particular list of ports. Syntax Description portlist Specifies a list of ports. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines This command disables sFlow on a particular list of ports. Once sFlow is disabled on a port, sampling and polling will stops.

  • Page 350: Disable Sys-Health-Check

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics disable sys-health-check disable sys-health-check slot <slot> Description Disables backplane diagnostic packets on the specified slot. Syntax Description slot Specifies the slot to disable sending backplane diagnostic packets. Default Polling is enabled, backplane diagnostic packets are disabled. Usage Guidelines When you use this command, the polling frequency returns to the default of 60 seconds for the specified slot, and backplane diagnostic packets are no longer sent.

  • Page 351: Disable Syslog

    disable syslog disable syslog disable syslog Description Disables logging to all remote syslog server targets. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines Disables logging to all remote syslog server targets, not to the switch targets. This setting is saved in FLASH, and will be in effect upon boot up.

  • Page 352: Enable Cli-Config-Logging

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics enable cli-config-logging enable cli-config-logging Description Enables the logging of CLI configuration commands to the Syslog for auditing purposes. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines ExtremeWare XOS allows you to record all configuration changes and their sources that are made using the CLI by way of Telnet or the local console.

  • Page 353: Enable Log Debug-Mode

    enable log debug-mode enable log debug-mode enable log debug-mode Description Enables debug mode. The switch allows debug events included in log filters to be logged. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines This command enables debug mode. Debug mode must be enabled prior to logging debug messages, which can severely degrade performance.

  • Page 354: Enable Log Target

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics enable log target enable log target [console | memory-buffer | nvram | primary-msm | backup-msm | session | syslog [all | ipaddress] {vr <vr_name>} [local0 ... local7]]] Description Starts sending log messages to the specified target. Syntax Description console Specifies the console display.
  • Page 355 enable log target History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. options were first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. primary-msm backup-msm ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 356: Enable Sflow

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics enable sflow enable sflow Description Globally enables sFlow statistical packet sampling. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines This command enables sFlow globally on the switch. Example The following command enables sFlow sampling globally: enable sflow History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 357: Enable Sflow Ports

    enable sflow ports enable sflow ports enable sflow ports <portlist> Description Enables sFlow statistical packet sampling on a particular list of ports. Syntax Description portlist Specifies a list of ports. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines This command enables sFlow on a particular list of ports. You will also need to enable sFlow globally in order to gather statistics and send the data to the collector.

  • Page 358: Enable Sys-Health-Check

    ID number, and a notification that the MSM did not receive the last packet. If you see an error, please contact Extreme Networks Technical Support. When you enable backplane diagnostic packets on a slot, the polling timer changes from its current value to the current backplane diagnostic packet interval configured on that slot.

  • Page 359: Enable Syslog

    enable syslog enable syslog enable syslog Description Enables logging to all remote syslog host targets. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines To enable remote logging, you must do the following: • Configure the syslog host to accept and log messages. •...

  • Page 360: Show Fans

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics show fans show fans {detail} Description Displays the status of the fans in the system. Syntax Description detail The detail option is reserved for future use. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to view detailed information about the health of the fans. This status information may be useful for your technical support representative if you have a network problem.
  • Page 361 show fans The following is sample output from this command: Right(Rear-facing) FanTray 1 information: State: Operational NumFan: PartInfo: 0340F-00046 454301-00-03 Revision: FailureCode: Odometer: 555 days 4 hours 45 minutes 16 seconds since Mar-19-2004 Temperature: 34.25 deg C Upper Fan 1: Operational at 4380 rpms Lower Fan 2: Operational at 4380 rpms...

  • Page 362: Show Heartbeat Process

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics show heartbeat process show heartbeat process {<name>} Description Displays the health of the ExtremeWare XOS processes. Command Syntax name Specifies the name of the process. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to monitor the health of the XOS processes. The switch uses two algorithms to collect process health information: polling and reporting.
  • Page 363 show heartbeat process MSM-A dirser 180324 Wed Dec 10 15:06:03 2003 MSM-A edp 36069 36069 Wed Dec 10 15:05:57 2003 MSM-A ems 45087 45087 Wed Dec 10 15:06:03 2003 MSM-A epm Unknown MSM-A exacl Unknown MSM-A exosmc Unknown MSM-A exosq Unknown MSM-A exsnoop Unknown...

  • Page 364: Show Log

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics show log show log {messages [memory-buffer | nvram]} {events {<event-condition> | <event-component>]} {<severity> {only}} {starting [date <date> time <time> | date <date> | time <time>]} {ending [date <date> time <time> | date <date> | time <time>]} {match <regex>} {chronological} Description Displays the current log messages.
  • Page 365 show log Usage Guidelines Switch configuration and fault information is filtered and saved to target logs, in a memory buffer, and in NVRAM. Each entry in the log contains the following information: • Timestamp—records the month and day of the event, along with the time (hours, minutes, seconds, and hundredths).
  • Page 366 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics • Info—Info • Debug-Summary—Summ • Debug-Verbose—Verb • Debug-Data—Data The three severity levels for extended debugging, , and debug-summary debug-verbose debug-data require that debug mode be enabled (which may cause a performance degradation). See the command on page 353.
  • Page 367 show log History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 368: Show Log Components

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics show log components show log components {<event component> | version} Description Displays the name, description and default severity for all components. Syntax Description event component Specifies the component to display. version Specifies the version number of the component. Default N/A.
  • Page 369 show log components Device Manager Debug-Data card Device Manger Card State Machine Debug-Data Extreme DIscovery Protocol (EDP) Error Main EPM functionality Info depend EPM dependency run-time checking Critical EPM Kernel Loadable module Notice EPM Message processing Info upgrade Upgrade procedure Info fdb module event Error...
  • Page 370 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics vlan Vlan mgr Info Subsystem description Debug-Summary Subsystem description Debug-Data msgs Subsystem description Debug-Data VRRP Config/State messages Warning Advert Subsystem description Warning System System/Library messages Warning A total of 79 component(s) were displayed. The following command displays the version number for the VRRP component: show log components vrrp version The following is sample output from this command: Component...

  • Page 371: Show Log Configuration

    show log configuration show log configuration show log configuration Description Displays the log configuration for switch log settings, and for certain targets. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines This command displays the log configuration for all targets. The state of the target, enabled or disabled is displayed.
  • Page 372 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics Severity : Info (through Critical) Format : MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM:SS.hh <Severity:Component.SubComponent.Condit ion> Log Filter Name: DefaultFilter Severity Comp. Sub-comp. Condition CEWNISVD ------- ----------- ----------------------- -------- -------- Log Filter Name: myFilter Severity Comp. Sub-comp. Condition CEWNISVD ------- ----------- ----------------------- -------- -------- Include/Exclude: I - Include,...

  • Page 373: Show Log Configuration Filter

    show log configuration filter show log configuration filter show log configuration filter {<filter name>} Description Displays the log configuration for the specified filter. Syntax Description filter name Specifies the filter to display. Default If no options are specified, the command displays the configuration for all filters. Usage Guidelines This command displays the configuration for filters.
  • Page 374 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 375: Show Log Configuration Target

    show log configuration target show log configuration target show log configuration target {console | memory-buffer | nvram | primary-msm | backup-msm | session | syslog <ipaddress> [local0 ... local7]} Description Displays the log configuration for the specified target. Syntax Description console Show the log configuration for the console display.
  • Page 376 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics Filter Name : DefaultFilter Match regex : Any Severity : Warning (through Critical) Format : MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM:SS.hh <Severity:Component.SubComponent.Condit ion> Log Target : console Enabled ? : no Filter Name : DefaultFilter Match regex : Any Severity : Info (through Critical) Format...

  • Page 377: Show Log Counters

    show log counters show log counters show log counters {<event condition> | [all | <event component>]} {include | notified | occurred} {severity <severity> {only}}} Description Displays the incident counters for events. Syntax Description event condition Specifies the event condition to display. Specifies that all events are to be displayed.
  • Page 378 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics Example The following command displays the event counters for event conditions of severity debug-summary or greater in the component STP.InBPDU: show log counters stp.inbpdu severity debug-summary The following is sample output from this command: Comp SubComp Condition...

  • Page 379: Show Log Events

    show log events show log events show log events [<event condition> | [all | <event component>] {severity <severity> {only}}] {details} Description Displays information about the individual events (conditions) that can be logged. Syntax Description event condition Specifies the event condition to display. Specifies that all events are to be displayed.
  • Page 380 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics The following is sample output from this command: Comp SubComp Condition Severity Parameters ------- ----------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------- InBPDU Drop Error 2 total InBPDU Debug-Summary 2 total InBPDU Mismatch Warning 2 total The following command displays the details of the event condition PDUTrace in the component STP.InBPDU: show log events stp.inbpdu.pdutrace details The following is sample output from this command:...

  • Page 381: Show Memory

    show memory show memory show memory {slot [a | b]} Description Displays the current system memory information. Syntax Description slot a Specify a for the MSM module installed in slot 9. slot b Specify b for the MSM module installed in slot 10. Default N/A.
  • Page 382 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics Card Slot Process Name Memory (KB) --------------------------------------- MSM-A 13040 MSM-A 8252 MSM-A bcm5615 MSM-A 25340 MSM-A cfgmgr 7204 MSM-A 27272 MSM-A devmgr 7948 MSM-A dirser 6844 MSM-A 9420 MSM-A 7708 MSM-A 13436 MSM-A esmi MSM-A exacl MSM-A...

  • Page 383: Show Ports Rxerrors

    show ports rxerrors show ports rxerrors show ports {<port_list>} rxerrors Description Displays real-time receive error statistics. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. May be in the form 2:*, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If you do not specify a port number or range of ports, receive error statistics are displayed for all ports. This status information may be useful for your technical support representative if you have a network problem.
  • Page 384 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics Example The following command displays receive error statistics for slot 5, ports 4 through 7 on a modular switch: show ports 5:4-5:7 rxerrors The following is sample output from this command: Port Rx Error monitor Port Link State...

  • Page 385: Show Ports Stats

    show ports stats show ports stats show ports <port_list> statistics Description Displays real-time port statistics. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. May be in the form 2:*, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If you do not specify a port number or range of ports, statistics are displayed for all ports. Jumbo frame statistics are displayed for switches only that are configured for jumbo frame support.
  • Page 386 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics The following is sample output from this command: * BD-PC.10 # show ports 5:4-5:7 statistics Port Statistics Port Link Tx Pkt Tx Byte Rx Pkt Rx Byte Status Count Count Count Count Bcast Mcast ======================================================================== ================================================================================ Link Status: A-Active R-Ready...

  • Page 387: Show Ports Txerrors

    show ports txerrors show ports txerrors show ports {<port_list>} txerrors Description Displays real-time transmit error statistics. Syntax Description port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. May be in the form 2:*, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If you do not specify a port number or range of ports, error statistics are displayed for all ports. This status information may be useful for your technical support representative if you have a network problem.
  • Page 388 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics The following is sample output from this command: * BD-PC.14 # show ports 5:4-5:7 txerrors Port Configuration Port Link State Coll Late coll Deferred Errors Lost Parity ================================================================================ ================================================================================ Link Status: A-Active R-Ready History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 389: Show Process

    show process show process show process {<name>} {detail} {slot <slotid>} Description Displays the status of the ExtremeWare XOS processes. Command Syntax detail Specifies more detailed process information. slotid Specifies the slot number. name Specifies the name of the process. Default N/A.
  • Page 390 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics If you specify the keyword, information about the version of the process is displayed. The version command displays the following information in a tabular format: show process version • Card—The name of the card where the processes are running •...
  • Page 391 show process The following example specifies the process along with the keyword: detail show process aaa detail The output from this command is similar to the following: Name Path Type Link Date Build By Peer -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ./aaa Thu Dec 4 13:23:07 PST 2003 release-manager 2 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Configuration:...
  • Page 392 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics The output from this command is similar to the following: Card Process Name Version BuiltBy Link Date --------------------------------------------------------------------------- MSM-A aaa 3.0.0.2 release-manager Thu Dec 4 13:23:07 PST 2003 MSM-A acl 3.0.0.2 release-manager Thu Dec 4 13:25:55 PST 2003 MSM-A bgp 3.0.0.2 release-manager...

  • Page 393: Show Sflow Configuration

    show sflow configuration show sflow configuration show sflow {configuration} Description Displays the current sFlow configuration. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables Default N/A. Usage Guidelines This command displays the sFlow configuration of your system. The following fields are displayed: •...
  • Page 394 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics Port Status Sample-rate Subsampling Config / Actual factor 1:41 enabled 8192 / 8192 2:40 enabled 1024 / 1024 2:58 enabled 8192 / 8192 2:59 enabled 8192 / 8192 History This command was first available in an ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 395: Show Sflow Statistics

    show sflow statistics show sflow statistics show sflow statistics Description Displays sFlow statistics. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables Default N/A. Usage Guidelines This command displays sFlow statistics for your system. The following fields are displayed: • Received frames—Number of frames received on sFlow enabled ports •...

  • Page 396: Show Temperature

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics show temperature show temperature Description Displays the current temperature of the I/O modules, management modules, and the power supply controllers. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to display the temperature in celsius and the current status of the following installed components in the BlackDiamond 10808 chassis: •...
  • Page 397 show temperature Slot-6 : G60X 34.68 Normal Slot-7 : G60X 34.31 Normal Slot-8 MSM-A : MSM-1XL 31.37 Normal MSM-B : MSM-1XL 29.75 Normal PSUCTRL-1 PSUCTRL-2 29.00 Normal Temp Range: -10.00 (Min), 0.00-50.00 (Normal), 60.00 (Max) History This command was first available in an ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. Information about the power controller(s), a component status column, and the minimum, normal, and maximum temperature ranges of the components was added to the show output in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 398: Show Version

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics show version show version {detail | process <name> | images {partition <partition>} {msm <slotid>} } Description Displays the hardware serial numbers and versions, and software versions currently running on the switch, and (if applicable) the modules. Syntax Description detail Specifies display of slot board name and chassis or platform name.
  • Page 399 show version • BuiltBy—The name of the software build manager • Link Date—The date the executable was linked Example The following command displays the hardware and software versions currently running on the switch: show version The following is sample output from this command: Chassis : PN:1N532 SN:1234 Rev 0.1...
  • Page 400 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics MSM-A rip 3.0.0.2 release-manager Tue Nov 4 16:30:30 PST 2003 MSM-A rtmgr 3.0.0.2 release-manager Tue Nov 4 16:26:11 PST 2003 MSM-A snmpMaster 3.0.0.2 release-manager Tue Nov 4 16:33:21 PST 2003 MSM-A snmpSubagent 3.0.0.2 release-manager Tue Nov 4 16:33:27 PST 2003 MSM-A stp 3.0.0.4...

  • Page 401: Unconfigure Log Filter

    unconfigure log filter unconfigure log filter unconfigure log filter <filter name> Description Resets the log filter to its default values; removes all filter items. Syntax Description filter name Specifies the log filter to unconfigure. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If the filter name specified is DefaultFilter, this command restores the configuration of DefaultFilter back to its original settings.

  • Page 402: Unconfigure Log Target Format

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics unconfigure log target format unconfigure log target [console | memory-buffer | nvram | session | syslog [all | <ipaddress> [local0 ... local7]]] format Description Resets the log target format to its default values. Syntax Description console Specifies the console display format.
  • Page 403 unconfigure log target format • process-slot—on • process-id—off • source-line—off Usage Guidelines Use this command to reset the target format to the default format. Example The following command sets the log format for the target (the current session) to the default: session unconfigure log target session format History...

  • Page 404: Unconfigure Sflow

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics unconfigure sflow unconfigure sflow Description Resets all the sFlow values to the default values. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default The default values are as follows • sFlow agent IP address—0.0.0.0 •...

  • Page 405: Unconfigure Sflow Agent

    unconfigure sflow agent unconfigure sflow agent unconfigure sflow agent Description Resets the sFlow agent’s IP address to the default value. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default The default IP address is 0.0.0.0. Usage Guidelines This command resets the sFlow agent IP address to its default value. Example The following command resets the source IP address to 0.0.0.0 for UDP datagrams sent out by the sFlow agent:...

  • Page 406: Unconfigure Sflow Collector

    Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics unconfigure sflow collector unconfigure sflow collector {ipaddress} <ip-address> {port <udp-port-number>} {vr <vrname>} Description Unconfigures the sFlow collector. Syntax Description ip-address Specifies the IP address of the collector to reset. udp-port-number Specifies the UDP port. vrname Specifies which virtual router.

  • Page 407: Upload Log

    upload log upload log upload log <ipaddress> <filename> {messages [memory-buffer | nvram] {events {<event-condition> | <event_component>}}} {<severity> {only}} {starting [date <date> time <time> | date <date> | time <time>]} {ending [date <date> time <time> | date <date> | time <time>]} {match <regex>} {chronological} Description Uploads the current log messages to a TFTP server.
  • Page 408 Commands for Status Monitoring and Statistics Usage Guidelines This command is similar to the command, but instead of displaying the log contents on the show log command line, this command saves the log to a file on the TFTP server you specify. For more details on most of the options of this command, see the command on page 364.

  • Page 409: Security Commands

    Security Commands This chapter describes commands for: • Creating and configuring policies • Creating and configuring IP access lists • Creating and configuring routing access policies • Managing the switch using SSH2 • Configuring switch user authentication through a RADIUS client •...

  • Page 410: User Authentication

    Security Commands User Authentication Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS, RFC 2138) is a mechanism for authenticating and centrally administrating access to network nodes. The ExtremeWare XOS RADIUS client implementation allows authentication for Telnet or console access to the switch. Extreme switches are also capable of sending RADIUS accounting information.

  • Page 411: Check Policy

    check policy check policy check policy <policy-name> Description Checks the syntax of the specified policy. Syntax Description policy-name Specifies the policy to check. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to check the policy syntax before applying it. If any errors are found, the line number and a description of the syntax error are displayed.

  • Page 412: Clear Access-List Counter

    Security Commands clear access-list counter clear access-list counter {<countername>} [any | ports <portlist> | vlan <vlanname>] {ingress} Description Clears the specified access list counters. Syntax Description countername Specifies the ACL counter to clear. portlist Specifies to clear the counters on these ports. vlanname Specifies to clear the counters on the VLAN.

  • Page 413: Clear Vlan Dhcp-Address-Allocation

    clear vlan dhcp-address-allocation clear vlan dhcp-address-allocation clear vlan <vlan_name> dhcp-address-allocation [[all {offered | assigned | declined | expired}] | <ipaddress>] Description Removes addresses from the DHCP allocation table. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the VLAN of the DHCP server. Specifies all IP addresses, or all IP addresses in a particular state. offered Specifies IP addresses offered to clients.

  • Page 414: Configure Access-List

    Security Commands configure access-list configure access-list <aclname> [any | ports <portlist> | vlan <vlanname>] {ingress} Description Configures an access list to the specified interface. Syntax Description aclname Specifies the ACL name. The name can be from 1-32 characters long. portlist Specifies the ports on which this ACL is applied.

  • Page 415: Configure Radius Server

    configure radius server configure radius server configure radius [primary | secondary] server [<ipaddress> | <hostname>] {<udp_port>} client-ip [<ipaddress>] {vr <vr_name>} Description Configures the primary and secondary RADIUS authentication server. Syntax Description primary Configures the primary RADIUS authentication server. secondary Configures the secondary RADIUS authentication server. ipaddress The IP address of the server being configured.

  • Page 416: Configure Radius Shared-Secret

    Security Commands configure radius shared-secret configure radius [primary | secondary] shared-secret {encrypted} <string> Description Configures the authentication string used to communicate with the RADIUS authentication server. Syntax Description primary Configures the authentication string for the primary RADIUS server. secondary Configures the authentication string for the secondary RADIUS server. encrypted Indicates that the string is already encrypted.

  • Page 417: Configure Radius Timeout

    configure radius timeout configure radius timeout configure radius timeout <seconds> Description Configures the timeout interval for RADIUS authentication requests. Syntax Description seconds Specifies the number of seconds for authentication requests. Range is 3 to 120 seconds Default The default is 3 seconds. Usage Guidelines This command configures the timeout interval for RADIUS authentication requests.

  • Page 418: Configure Radius-Accounting Server

    Security Commands configure radius-accounting server configure radius-accounting [primary | secondary] server [<ipaddress> | <hostname>] {<tcp_port>} client-ip [<ipaddress>] {vr <vr_name>} Description Configures the RADIUS accounting server. Syntax Description primary Configure the primary RADIUS accounting server. secondary Configure the secondary RADIUS accounting server. ipaddress The IP address of the accounting server being configured.

  • Page 419: Configure Radius-Accounting Shared-Secret

    configure radius-accounting shared-secret configure radius-accounting shared-secret configure radius-accounting [primary | secondary] shared-secret {encrypted} <string> Description Configures the authentication string used to communicate with the RADIUS accounting server. Syntax Description primary Configures the authentication string for the primary RADIUS accounting server. secondary Configures the authentication string for the secondary RADIUS accounting server.

  • Page 420: Configure Radius-Accounting Timeout

    Security Commands configure radius-accounting timeout configure radius-accounting timeout <seconds> Description Configures the timeout interval for RADIUS-Accounting authentication requests. Syntax Description seconds Specifies the number of seconds for accounting requests. Range is 3 to 120 seconds. Default The default is 3 seconds. Usage Guidelines This command configures the timeout interval for RADIUS-Accounting authentication requests.

  • Page 421: Configure Ssh2 Key

    configure ssh2 key configure ssh2 key configure ssh2 key {pregenerated} Description Generates the Secure Shell 2 (SSH2) host key. Syntax Description pregenerated Indicates that the SSH2 authentication key has already been generated. The user will be prompted to enter the existing key. Default The switch generates a key for each SSH2 session.
  • Page 422 Security Commands To view the status of SSH2 sessions on the switch, use the command. The show show management management command displays information about the switch including the enable/disable state for SSH2 sessions and whether a valid key is present. Example The following command generates an authentication key for the SSH2 session: configure ssh2 key...

  • Page 423: Configure Tacacs Server

    configure tacacs server configure tacacs server configure tacacs [primary | secondary] server [<ipaddress> | <hostname>] {<tcp_port>} client-ip <ipaddress> {vr <vr_name>} Description Configures the server information for a TACACS+ authentication server. Syntax Description primary Configures the primary TACACS+ server. secondary Configures the secondary TACACS+ server. ipaddress The IP address of the TACACS+ server being configured.

  • Page 424: Configure Tacacs Shared-Secret

    Security Commands configure tacacs shared-secret configure tacacs [primary | secondary] shared-secret {encrypted} <string> Description Configures the shared secret string used to communicate with the TACACS+ authentication server. Syntax Description primary Configures the authentication string for the primary TACACS+ server. secondary Configures the authentication string for the secondary TACACS+ server.

  • Page 425: Configure Tacacs Timeout

    configure tacacs timeout configure tacacs timeout configure tacacs timeout <seconds> Description Configures the timeout interval for TACAS+ authentication requests. Syntax Description seconds Specifies the number of seconds for authentication requests. Range is 3 to 120 seconds. Default The default is 3 seconds. Usage Guidelines This command configures the timeout interval for TACACS+ authentication requests.

  • Page 426: Configure Tacacs-Accounting Server

    Security Commands configure tacacs-accounting server configure tacacs-accounting [primary | secondary] server [<ipaddress> | <hostname>] {<udp_port>} client-ip <ipaddress> {vr <vr_name>} Description Configures the TACACS+ accounting server. Syntax Description primary Configures the primary TACACS+ accounting server. secondary Configures the secondary TACACS+ accounting server. ipaddress The IP address of the TACACS+ accounting server being configured.

  • Page 427: Configure Tacacs-Accounting Shared-Secret

    configure tacacs-accounting shared-secret configure tacacs-accounting shared-secret configure tacacs-accounting [primary | secondary] shared-secret {encrypted} <string> Description Configures the shared secret string used to communicate with the TACACS+ accounting server. Syntax Description primary Configures the authentication string for the primary TACACS+ accounting server.

  • Page 428: Configure Tacacs-Accounting Timeout

    Security Commands configure tacacs-accounting timeout configure tacacs-accounting timeout <seconds> Description Configures the timeout interval for TACACS+ accounting authentication requests. Syntax Description seconds Specifies the number of seconds for accounting requests. Range is 3 to 120 seconds Default The default is 3 seconds. Usage Guidelines This command configures the timeout interval for TACACS+ accounting authentication requests.

  • Page 429: Configure Vlan Dhcp-Address-Range

    configure vlan dhcp-address-range configure vlan dhcp-address-range configure vlan <vlan_name> dhcp-address-range <ipaddress1> - <ipaddress2> Description Configures a set of DHCP addresses for a VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the VLAN on whose ports DHCP will be enabled. ipaddress1 Specifies the first IP address in the DHCP address range to be assigned to this VLAN.

  • Page 430: Configure Vlan Dhcp-Lease-Timer

    Security Commands configure vlan dhcp-lease-timer configure vlan <vlan_name> dhcp-lease-timer <lease-timer> Description Configures the timer value in seconds returned as part of the DHCP response. Syntax Description name Specifies the VLAN on whose ports netlogin should be disabled. lease-timer Specifies the timer value, in seconds. Default N/A.

  • Page 431: Configure Vlan Dhcp-Options

    configure vlan dhcp-options configure vlan dhcp-options configure vlan <vlan_name> dhcp-options [default-gateway | dns-server | wins-server] <ipaddress> Description Configures the DHCP options returned as part of the DHCP response by a switch configured as a DHCP server. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. default-gateway Specifies the router option.

  • Page 432: Disable Access-List Refresh Blackhole

    Security Commands disable access-list refresh blackhole disable access-list refresh blackhole Description Disables blackholing of packets during ACL refresh. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default The feature is enabled. Usage Guidelines When access control lists (ACLs) are refreshed, this feature provides that any packets arriving during the refresh will be blackholed.

  • Page 433: Disable Dhcp Ports Vlan

    disable dhcp ports vlan disable dhcp ports vlan disable dhcp ports <portlist> vlan <vlan name> Description Disables DHCP on a specified port in a VLAN. Syntax Description portlist Specifies the ports for which DHCP should be disabled. vlan name Specifies the VLAN on whose ports DHCP should be disabled. Default N/A.

  • Page 434: Disable Radius

    Security Commands disable radius disable radius Description Disables the RADIUS client. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default RADIUS authentication is disabled by default. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables RADIUS authentication for the switch: disable radius History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 435: Disable Radius-Accounting

    disable radius-accounting disable radius-accounting disable radius-accounting Description Disables RADIUS accounting. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables RADIUS accounting for the switch: disable radius-accounting History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 436: Disable Ssh2

    Security Commands disable ssh2 disable ssh2 Description Disables the SSH2 server for incoming SSH2 sessions to switch. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines SSH2 session options (access profile and non-default port setting) are not saved when SSH2 is disabled. To view the status of SSH2 Telnet sessions on the switch, use the command.

  • Page 437: Disable Tacacs

    disable tacacs disable tacacs disable tacacs Description Disables TACACS+ authentication. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables TACACS+ authentication for the switch: disable tacacs History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 438: Disable Tacacs-Accounting

    Security Commands disable tacacs-accounting disable tacacs-accounting Description Disables TACACS+ accounting. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables TACACS+ accounting: disable tacacs-accounting History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 439: Disable Tacacs-Authorization

    disable tacacs-authorization disable tacacs-authorization disable tacacs-authorization Description Disables TACACS+ authorization. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines This disables CLI command authorization but leaves user authentication enabled. Example The following command disables TACACS+ CLI command authorization: disable tacacs-authorization History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 440: Edit Policy

    Security Commands edit policy edit policy <filename> Description Edits a policy text file. Syntax Description filename Specifies the filename of the policy text file. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines This command edits policy text files that are on the switch. All policy files use “ ”...

  • Page 441: Enable Access-List Refresh Blackhole

    enable access-list refresh blackhole enable access-list refresh blackhole enable access-list refresh blackhole Description Enables blackholing of packets during ACL refresh. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines When access control lists (ACLs) are refreshed, this command provides that any packets arriving during the refresh will be blackholed.

  • Page 442: Enable Dhcp Ports Vlan

    Security Commands enable dhcp ports vlan enable dhcp ports <portlist> vlan <vlan_name> Description Enables DHCP on a specified port in a VLAN. Syntax Description portlist Specifies the ports for which DHCP should be disabled. vlan_name Specifies the VLAN on whose ports DHCP should be disabled. Default N/A.

  • Page 443: Enable Radius

    enable radius enable radius enable radius Description Enables the RADIUS client on the switch. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines When enabled, all web and Telnet logins are sent to the RADIUS servers for authentication. When used with a RADIUS server that supports ExtremeWare XOS CLI authorization, each CLI command is sent to the RADIUS server for authorization before it is executed.

  • Page 444: Enable Radius-Accounting

    Security Commands enable radius-accounting enable radius-accounting Description Enables RADIUS accounting. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines The RADIUS client must also be enabled. Example The following command enables RADIUS accounting for the switch: enable radius-accounting History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 445: Enable Ssh2

    enable ssh2 enable ssh2 enable ssh2 {port <tcp_port_number>} {vr [<vr_name> | all | default]} Description Enables SSH2 server to accept incoming sessions from SSH2 clients. Syntax Description port Specifies a TCP port number. The default is port 22. vr_name Specifies a virtual router name. Specifies that SSH is enabled on all virtual routers.

  • Page 446: Enable Tacacs

    Security Commands enable tacacs enable tacacs Description Enables TACACS+ authentication. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines After they have been enabled, all web and Telnet logins are sent to one of the two TACACS+ servers for login name authentication.

  • Page 447: Enable Tacacs-Accounting

    enable tacacs-accounting enable tacacs-accounting enable tacacs-accounting Description Enables TACACS+ accounting. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines If accounting is used, the TACACS+ client must also be enabled. Example The following command enables TACACS+ accounting for the switch: enable tacacs-accounting History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 448: Enable Tacacs-Authorization

    Security Commands enable tacacs-authorization enable tacacs-authorization Description Enables CLI command authorization. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines When enabled, each command is transmitted to the remote TACACS+ server for authorization before the command is executed. TACACS+ authentication must also be enabled to use TACACS+ authorization.

  • Page 449: Refresh Policy

    refresh policy refresh policy refresh policy <policy-name> Description Refreshes the specified policy. Syntax Description policy-name Specifies the policy to refresh. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command when a new policy file has been downloaded to the switch. This command reprocesses the text file and updates the policy database.

  • Page 450: Show Access-List

    Security Commands show access-list show access-list {<aclname>} Description Displays the interfaces configured with a specified ACL, or all configured interfaces. Syntax Description aclname Specifies the ACL name. The name can be from 1-32 characters long. Default The default is to display all configured interfaces. Usage Guidelines The ACL with the port and VLAN displayed as an asterisk (*) is the wildcard ACL.

  • Page 451: Show Access-List Configuration

    show access-list configuration show access-list configuration show access-list configuration Description Displays the ACL configuration. Currently only the state of refresh blackhole is displayed. Syntax Description There are no arguments or variables for this command. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines This command displays the state of the ACL refresh blackhole, set by the enable access-list command.

  • Page 452: Show Access-List Counter

    Security Commands show access-list counter show access-list counter {<countername>} [any | ports <portlist> | vlan <vlanname>] {ingress} Description Displays the specified access list counters. Syntax Description countername Specifies the ACL counter to display. portlist Specifies to display the counters on these ports. vlanname Specifies to display the counters on the VLAN.

  • Page 453: Show Dhcp-Server

    show dhcp-server show dhcp-server show dhcp-server {vlan <vlan_name>} Description Displays the DHCP server’s configuration and address allocation on a specified VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the VLAN of the DHCP server of interest. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If no VLAN is specified, the configuration and address allocation for the servers on all the VLANs is displayed.

  • Page 454: Show Policy

    Security Commands show policy show policy {<policy-name> | detail} Description Displays the specified policy. Syntax Description policy-name Specifies the policy to display. detail Show the policy in detail. Default If no policy name is specified, all policies are shown Usage Guidelines Use this command to display which clients are using the specified policy.

  • Page 455: Show Radius

    show radius show radius show radius Description Displays the current RADIUS client configuration and statistics. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines The output from this command displays the status of the RADIUS and RADIUS accounting (enabled or disabled) and the primary and secondary servers for RADIUS and RADIUS accounting: Example The following command displays the current RADIUS client configuration and statistics:...

  • Page 456: Show Radius-Accounting

    Security Commands show radius-accounting show radius-accounting Description Displays the current RADIUS accounting client configuration and statistics. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines The output from this command displays information about the status and configuration of RADIUS accounting Example The following command displays RADIUS accounting client configuration and statistics:...

  • Page 457: Show Tacacs

    show tacacs show tacacs show tacacs Description Displays the current TACACS+ configuration and statistics. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays TACACS+ client configuration and statistics: show tacacs History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 458: Show Tacacs-Accounting

    Security Commands show tacacs-accounting show tacacs-accounting Description Displays the current TACACS+ accounting client configuration and statistics. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None: Example The following command displays TACACS+ accounting client configuration and statistics: show tacacs-accounting History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 459: Show Vlan Dhcp-Address-Allocation

    show vlan dhcp-address-allocation show vlan dhcp-address-allocation show vlan <vlan_name> dhcp-address-allocation Description Displays the DHCP server’s address allocation on a specified VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the VLAN of the DHCP server of interest. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays the configuration of the DHCP for the VLAN corp: show vlan corp dhcp-address-allocation The following is sample output from this command: ============================================================================...

  • Page 460: Show Vlan Dhcp-Config

    Security Commands show vlan dhcp-config show vlan <vlan_name> dhcp-config Description Displays the DHCP server's configuration for the specified VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the VLAN of the DHCP server of interest. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays the configuration of the DHCP server for the VLAN corp: show vlan corp dhcp-config The following is sample output from this command: DHCP Address Range...

  • Page 461: Unconfigure Access-List

    unconfigure access-list unconfigure access-list unconfigure access-list {any | ports <portlist> | vlan <vlanname>} {ingress} Description Removes an access list from the specified interface. Syntax Description aclname Specifies the ACL name. The name can be from 1-32 characters long. portlist Specifies the ports on which this ACL is applied. vlanname Specifies the VLAN on which this ACL is applied.

  • Page 462: Unconfigure Radius

    Security Commands unconfigure radius unconfigure radius {server [primary | secondary]} Description Unconfigures the RADIUS client configuration. Syntax Description primary Unconfigures the primary RADIUS server. secondary Unconfigures the secondary RADIUS server. Default Unconfigures both primary and secondary servers. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command unconfigures the secondary RADIUS server settings: unconfigure radius server secondary...

  • Page 463: Unconfigure Radius-Accounting

    unconfigure radius-accounting unconfigure radius-accounting unconfigure radius-accounting {server [primary | secondary]} Description Unconfigures the RADIUS accounting server configuration. Syntax Description primary Unconfigures the primary RADIUS accounting server. secondary Unconfigures the secondary RADIUS accounting server. Default Unconfigures both the primary and secondary accounting servers. Usage Guidelines None.

  • Page 464: Unconfigure Tacacs

    Security Commands unconfigure tacacs unconfigure tacacs {server [primary | secondary]} Description Unconfigures the TACACS+ server configuration. Syntax Description primary Unconfigures the primary TACACS+ server. secondary Unconfigures the secondary TACACS+ server. Default Unconfigures both the primary and secondary TACACS+ servers. Usage Guidelines None.

  • Page 465: Unconfigure Tacacs-Accounting

    unconfigure tacacs-accounting unconfigure tacacs-accounting unconfigure tacacs-accounting {server [primary | secondary]} Description Unconfigures the TACACS+ accounting server configuration. Syntax Description primary Unconfigures the primary TACACS+ accounting server. secondary Unconfigures the secondary TACACS+ accounting server. Default Unconfigures both the primary and secondary TACACS+ accounting servers. Usage Guidelines None.

  • Page 466: Unconfigure Vlan Dhcp

    Security Commands unconfigure vlan dhcp unconfigure vlan <vlan_name> dhcp Description Unconfigure all the DHCP configuration information for the specified VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the VLAN on which to unconfigure DHCP. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command unconfigures the DHCP server for the VLAN temporary: unconfigure temporary dhcp History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 467: Unconfigure Vlan Dhcp-Address-Range

    unconfigure vlan dhcp-address-range unconfigure vlan dhcp-address-range unconfigure vlan <vlan_name> dhcp-address-range Description Unconfigure the DHCP address range information for the specified VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the VLAN on which to unconfigure DHCP. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command unconfigures the DHCP address range for the VLAN temporary: unconfigure temporary dhcp-address-range History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 468: Unconfigure Vlan Dhcp-Options

    Security Commands unconfigure vlan dhcp-options unconfigure vlan <vlan_name> dhcp-options Description Unconfigure the DHCP option information for the specified VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the VLAN on which to unconfigure DHCP. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command unconfigures the DHCP options for the VLAN temporary: unconfigure temporary dhcp-options History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 469: Eaps Commands

    EAPS Commands This chapter describes commands for configuring and monitoring Ethernet Automatic Protection Switching (EAPS). The EAPS protocol provides fast protection switching to layer 2 switches interconnected in an Ethernet ring topology, such as a metropolitan area network (MAN) or large campuses. EAPS protection switching is similar to what can be achieved with the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), but offers the advantage of converging in less than a second when a link in the ring breaks.
  • Page 470 EAPS Commands NOTE Refer to the ExtremeWare XOS Concepts Guide Software Version 11.0 for information on running EAPS and STP. To take advantage of the Spatial Reuse technology and broaden the use of the ring’s bandwidth, EAPS supports multiple EAPS domains running on the ring at the same time. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 471: Configure Eaps Add Control Vlan

    • The ring ports of the control VLAN must be tagged. NOTE Extreme Networks recommends assigning the control VLAN a QoS profile of Qp8 with the QoS profile priority setting of to ensure that EAPS control VLAN traffic is serviced prior to other traffic and HighHi reaches its intended destination.

  • Page 472: Configure Eaps Add Protect Vlan

    EAPS Commands configure eaps add protect vlan configure eaps <name> add protect vlan <vlan_name> Description Adds the specified protected VLAN to the specified EAPS domain. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of an EAPS domain. vlan_name Specifies the name of the protected VLAN. Default N/A.

  • Page 473: Configure Eaps Delete Control Vlan

    configure eaps delete control vlan configure eaps delete control vlan configure eaps <name> delete control vlan <vlan_name> Description Deletes the specified control VLAN from the specified EAPS domain. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of an EAPS domain. vlan_name Specifies the name of the control VLAN. Default N/A.

  • Page 474: Configure Eaps Delete Protect Vlan

    EAPS Commands configure eaps delete protect vlan configure eaps <name> delete protect vlan <vlan_name> Description Deletes the specified protected VLAN from the specified EAPS domain. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of an EAPS domain. vlan_name Specifies the name of the protected VLAN. Default N/A.

  • Page 475: Configure Eaps Failtime

    configure eaps failtime configure eaps failtime configure eaps <name> failtime <seconds> Description Configures the value of the failtimer the master node uses for EAPS health-check packets. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of an EAPS domain. seconds Specifies the number of seconds the master node waits to receive a health-check packet before the failtimer expires.

  • Page 476: Configure Eaps Failtime Expiry-Action

    EAPS Commands configure eaps failtime expiry-action configure eaps <name> failtime expiry-action [ open-secondary-port | send-alert] Description Configures the action taken when the failtimer expires. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of an EAPS domain. open-secondary-port Specifies to open the secondary port when the failtimer expires. send-alert Specifies that a critical message is sent to the syslog when the failtimer expires.

  • Page 477: Configure Eaps Fast-Convergence

    configure eaps fast-convergence configure eaps fast-convergence configure eaps fast-convergence [off | on] Description Enables EAPS to converge more quickly. Syntax Description Turns fast-convergence off. Default is off. Turns fast-convergence on. Default Default is off. Usage Guidelines This command acts on the switch, not per domain. In certain environments to keep packet loss to a minimum when the ring is broken, configure EAPS with fast-convergence turned on.

  • Page 478: Configure Eaps Hellotime

    EAPS Commands configure eaps hellotime configure eaps <name> hellotime <seconds> Description Configures the value of the hello timer the master node uses for the EAPS health-check packet. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of an EAPS domain. seconds Specifies the number of seconds to wait between transmission of the health-check packets on the control VLAN.

  • Page 479: Configure Eaps Mode

    configure eaps mode configure eaps mode configure eaps <name> mode [master | transit] Description Configures the switch as either the EAPS master node or as an EAPS transit node for the specified domain. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of an EAPS domain. master Specifies that this switch should be the master node for the named EAPS domain.

  • Page 480: Configure Eaps Name

    N/A. Usage Guidelines If you use the same name across categories (for example, STPD and EAPS names), Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the actual name. If you do not use the keyword, the system may return an error message.

  • Page 481: Configure Eaps Port

    configure eaps port configure eaps port configure eaps <name> [primary | secondary] port <ports> Description Configures a node port as the primary or secondary port for the specified EAPS domain. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of an EAPS domain. primary Specifies that the port is to be configured as the primary port.

  • Page 482: Create Eaps

    If you use the same name across categories (for example, STPD and EAPS names), Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the actual name. If you do not use the keyword, the system may return an error message.

  • Page 483: Delete Eaps

    delete eaps delete eaps delete eaps <name> Description Deletes the EAPS domain with the specified name. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of an EAPS domain to be deleted. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command deletes EAPS domain eaps_1: delete eaps eaps-1 History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 484: Disable Eaps

    EAPS Commands disable eaps disable eaps {<name>} Description Disables the EAPS function for a named domain or for an entire switch. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of an EAPS domain. Default Disabled for the entire switch. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables the EAPS function for entire switch: disable eaps...

  • Page 485: Enable Eaps

    enable eaps enable eaps enable eaps {<name>} Description Enables the EAPS function for a named domain or for an entire switch. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of an EAPS domain. Default Disabled. Default command enables EAPS for the entire switch. Usage Guidelines NOTE If you use the same name across categories (for example, STPD and EAPS names), you must specify...
  • Page 486 EAPS Commands Example The following command enables the EAPS function for entire switch: enable eaps The following command enables the EAPS function for the domain “eaps-1”: enable eaps eaps-1 History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 487: Show Eaps

    show eaps show eaps show eaps {<eapsDomain>} {detail} Description Displays EAPS status information. Syntax Description eapsDomain Specifies the name of an EAPS domain. detail Specifies all available detail for each domain. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If you enter the command without a keyword, the command displays less than with the show eaps keyword.
  • Page 488 EAPS Commands State: On a transit node, the command displays one of the following states: • Idle—The EAPS domain has been enabled, but the configuration is not complete. • Links-Up—This EAPS domain is running, and both its ports are up and in the FORWARDING state.
  • Page 489 show eaps Hello Timer interval: The configured value of the timer in seconds, specifying the time that the master node waits between transmissions of health check packets. Fail Timer interval: The configured value of the timer in seconds, specifying the time that the master node waits before the failtimer expires.
  • Page 490 EAPS Commands p_10 p_11 p_12 p_13 p_14 p_15 p_16 p_17 p_18 p_19 p_20 p_21 p_22 p_23 p_24 p_25 p_26 p_27 p_28 p_29 p_30 NOTE You may see a slightly different display, depending on whether you display the master node or the transit node.

  • Page 491: Unconfigure Eaps Port

    unconfigure eaps port unconfigure eaps port unconfigure eaps <name> [primary | secondary] port Description Sets the specified port’s internal configuration state to INVALID. Syntax Description name Specifies the name of an EAPS domain. primary Specifies that the primary port should be unconfigured. secondary Specifies that the secondary port should be unconfigured.
  • Page 492 EAPS Commands ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 493: Stp Commands

    STP Commands This chapter describes commands for: • Creating, configuring, enabling, and disabling Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) on the switch • Enabling and disabling Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) on the switch • Displaying and resetting STP settings on the switch The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is a bridge-based mechanism for providing fault tolerance on networks.
  • Page 494 STP Commands A port can belong to multiple STPDs. In addition, a VLAN can span multiple STPDs. The key points to remember when configuring VLANs and STP are: • Each VLAN forms an independent broadcast domain. • STP blocks paths to create a loop-free environment. •...

  • Page 495: Stp Rules And Restrictions

    • Extreme Multiple Instance Spanning Tree Protocol (EMISTP) mode ® EMISTP mode is proprietary to Extreme Networks and is an extension of STP that allows a physical port to belong to multiple STPDs by assigning the port to multiple VLANs. EMISTP adds significant flexibility to STP network design.

  • Page 496: Clear Counters Stp

    STP Commands clear counters stp clear counters stp {[all | diagnostics | domains | ports]} Description Clears, resets all STP statistics and counters. Syntax Description Specifies all STP domain, port, and diagnostics counters. diagnostics Specifies STP diagnostics counters. domains Specifies STP domain counters. ports Specifies STP port counters.

  • Page 497: Configure Stpd Add Vlan

    STP configuration. If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keywords are optional.
  • Page 498 STP Commands Care must be taken to ensure that ports in overlapping domains do not interfere with the orderly working of each domain’s protocol. You can specify the following STP encapsulation modes: • —This mode is reserved for backward compatibility with previous STP versions. BPDUs are dot1d sent untagged in 802.1D mode.

  • Page 499: Configure Stpd Default-Encapsulation

    802.1d Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keyword is optional.
  • Page 500 STP Commands By default, when the switch boots for the first time, it automatically creates a VLAN named default with a tag value of 1 and STPD s0. The switch associates VLAN default to STPD s0. All ports that belong to this VLAN and STPD are in 802.1d encapsulation mode with autobind enabled.

  • Page 501: Configure Stpd Delete Vlan

    N/A. Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keywords are optional.

  • Page 502: Configure Stpd Forwarddelay

    15 seconds. Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keyword is optional.

  • Page 503: Configure Stpd Hellotime

    2 seconds. Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keyword is optional.

  • Page 504: Configure Stpd Maxage

    20 seconds. Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keyword is optional.

  • Page 505: Configure Stpd Mode

    Operates in 802.1d mode. Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keyword is optional.

  • Page 506: Configure Stpd Ports Cost

    The default port cost for trunked ports is dynamically calculated based on the available bandwidth. Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keyword is optional.
  • Page 507 configure stpd ports cost Example The following command configures a cost of 100 to slot 2, ports 1 through 5 in STPD s0: configure stpd s0 ports cost 100 2:1-2:5 History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. option was added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. auto ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 508: Configure Stpd Ports Link-Type

    All ports are broadcast link types. Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keyword is optional.
  • Page 509 configure stpd ports link-type If the switch operates in 802.1D mode, any configured port link type will behave the same as the broadcast link type. Example The following command configures slot 2, ports 1 through 4 to be point-to-point links in STPD s1: configure stpd s1 ports link-type point-to-point 2:1-2:4 History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 510: Configure Stpd Ports Mode

    Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keyword is optional.

  • Page 511: Configure Stpd Ports Priority

    The default setting is 16. Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keyword is optional.

  • Page 512: Configure Stpd Priority

    The default priority is 32,768. Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keyword is optional.

  • Page 513: Configure Stpd Tag

    N/A. Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your STPD has a name unique only to that STPD, the keyword is optional.

  • Page 514: Configure Vlan Add Ports Stpd

    STP Commands configure vlan add ports stpd configure vlan <vlan_name> add ports [all | <port_list>] {tagged | untagged} {nobroadcast} stpd <stpd_name> {[dot1d | emistp | pvst-plus]} Description Adds one or more ports in a VLAN to a specified STPD. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name.
  • Page 515 This restriction is only enforced in an active STP domain and when you enable STP to ensure you have a legal STP configuration. If your VLAN has the same name as another component, for example an STPD, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If your VLAN has a name unique only to that VLAN, the keywords are optional.

  • Page 516: Create Stpd

    You can, however, re-use names across multiple categories of switch configuration. For example, you can use the name Test for an STPD and a VLAN. If you use the same name, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the appropriate keyword when configuring the STPD. If you do not...
  • Page 517 create stpd Each STPD has its own Root Bridge and active path. After the STPD is created, one or more VLANs can be assigned to it. Example The following example creates an STPD named purple_st: create stpd purple_st History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 518: Delete Stpd

    N/A. Usage Guidelines If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If you do not specify the keyword, an error message similar to the following is displayed:...

  • Page 519: Disable Stpd

    disable stpd disable stpd disable stpd {<stpd_name>} Description Disables the STP protocol on a particular STPD or for all STPDs. Syntax Description stpd_name Specifies an STPD name on the switch. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines After you have created the STPD with a unique name, the keyword is optional.

  • Page 520: Disable Stpd Auto-Bind

    STP Commands disable stpd auto-bind disable stpd <stpd_name> auto-bind vlan <vlan_name> Description Disables the ability to automatically add ports to an STPD when they are added to a member VLAN. Syntax Description stpd_name Specifies an STPD name on the switch. vlan_name Specifies the name of a member VLAN with autobind enabled.

  • Page 521: Disable Stpd Ports

    disable stpd ports disable stpd ports disable stpd <stpd_name> ports [all | <port_list>] Description Disables STP on one or more ports for a given STPD. Syntax Description stpd_name Specifies an STPD name on the switch. Specifies all ports for a given STPD. port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports.

  • Page 522: Disable Stpd Rapid-Root-Failover

    STP Commands disable stpd rapid-root-failover disable stpd <stpd_name> rapid-root-failover Description Disables rapid root failover for STP recovery times. Syntax Description stpd_name Specifies an STPD name on the switch. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines After you have created the STPD with a unique name, the keyword is optional.

  • Page 523: Enable Stpd

    enable stpd enable stpd enable stpd {<stpd_name>} Description Enables the STP protocol for one or all STPDs. Syntax Description stpd_name Specifies an STPD name on the switch. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines If you want to enable the STP protocol for all STPDs, do not specify an STPD name. Example The following command enables an STPD named Backbone_st: enable stpd backbone_st...

  • Page 524: Enable Stpd Auto-Bind

    STP Commands enable stpd auto-bind enable stpd <stpd_name> auto-bind vlan <vlan_name> Description Automatically adds ports to an STPD when ports are added to a member VLAN. Syntax Description stpd_name Specifies an STPD name on the switch. vlan_name Specifies the name of the VLAN to have autobind enabled. Default The autobind feature is disabled.
  • Page 525 enable stpd auto-bind Example To automatically add ports to an STPD and expand the boundary of the STPD, you must complete the following tasks: • Create the carrier VLAN. • Assign a VLANid to the carrier VLAN. • Add ports to the carrier VLAN. •...

  • Page 526: Enable Stpd Ports

    STP Commands enable stpd ports enable stpd <stpd_name> ports [all | <port_list>] Description Enables the STP protocol on one or more ports. Syntax Description stpd_name Specifies an STPD on the switch. Specifies all ports for a given STPD. port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. May be in the form 2:*, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. Default Enabled.

  • Page 527: Enable Stpd Rapid-Root-Failover

    enable stpd rapid-root-failover enable stpd rapid-root-failover enable stpd <stpd_name> rapid-root-failover Description Enables rapid root failover for faster STP recovery times. Syntax Description stpd_name Specifies an STPD name on the switch. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines If you create an STPD with a unique name, the keyword is optional.

  • Page 528: Show Stpd

    STP parameters are adequate for most networks. If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If you do not specify the...
  • Page 529 show stpd Example The following command displays STPD settings on an STPD named Backbone_st: show stpd backbone_st The following is sample output from this command: Stpd: backbone_st Stp: ENABLED Number of Ports: 51 Rapid Root Failover: Disabled Operational Mode: 802.1W Default Binding Mode: 802.1D 802.1Q Tag: (none) Ports: 1:1,1:2,2:1,2:2,3:1,3:2,4:1,4:2,5:1,5:2,...

  • Page 530: Show Stpd Ports

    If your STPD has the same name as another component, for example a VLAN, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If you do not specify the...
  • Page 531 show stpd ports The following is sample output from this command: Port Mode State Cost Flags Priority Port ID Designated Bridge 802.1D FORWARDING 100 e------- 16 16641 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 802.1D FORWARDING 100 e------- 16 16642 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 802.1D FORWARDING 100 e------- 16 16643 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 Total Ports: 3...

  • Page 532: Show Vlan Stpd

    • Configured port link type • Operational port link type If your VLAN has the same name as another component, for example an STPD, Extreme Networks recommends that you specify the identifying keyword as well as the name. If you do not specify the...
  • Page 533 show vlan stpd The following is sample output from this command: s0(enabled) Tag: (none) Ports: 8 Root/P/C: 80:00:00:01:30:94:79:00/-----/0 Port Mode State Cost Flags Priority Port ID Designated Bridge 802.1D LEARNING eDbb-d- 16 8001 80:00:00:01:30:94:79:00 802.1D DISABLED e------ 16 8002 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 802.1D DISABLED e------ 16 8003...

  • Page 534: Unconfigure Stpd

    STP Commands unconfigure stpd unconfigure stpd {<stpd_name>} Description Restores default STP values to a particular STPD or all STPDs. Syntax Description stpd_name Specifies an STPD name on the switch. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If you create an STPD with a unique name, the keyword is optional.

  • Page 535: Unconfigure Stpd Ports Link-Type

    unconfigure stpd ports link-type unconfigure stpd ports link-type unconfigure stpd <stpd_name> ports link-type <port_list> Description Returns the specified port to the factory default setting of broadcast link. Syntax Description stpd_name Specifies an STPD name on the switch. port_list Specifies one or more slots and ports. May be in the form 2:*, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. Default All ports are broadcast link types.
  • Page 536 STP Commands ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 537: Chapter 13 Esrp Commands

    ESRP can provide better resiliency than using the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) or Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP). Extreme Networks switches that are not running ESRP but are connected on a network that has other Extreme Networks switches running ESRP are ESRP-aware. This means that when Extreme Networks switches are attached to the ESRP-enabled switches, the non-ESRP switches reliably perform failover and failback scenarios in the prescribed recovery times.
  • Page 538 ID. As previously described, the domain ID must be identical on all switches participating in ESRP for that particular domain. Extreme Networks recommends that all switches participating in ESRP run the same version of ExtremeWare XOS. ExtremeWare XOS has two modes of ESRP operation: standard and extended. Select standard if your network contains some switches running ExtremeWare, others running ExtremeWare XOS, and a combination of those switches participating in ESRP.

  • Page 539: Clear Esrp Counters

    clear esrp counters clear esrp counters clear esrp {<esrpDomain>} counters Description Clears the statistics gathered by ESRP for one or all ESRP domains on the switch. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of an ESRP domain. Default None. Usage Guidelines Use this command to clear the state transition and the protocol packet counters gathered by ESRP.
  • Page 540 ESRP Commands Example The following command clears the statistics gathered by ESRP domain esrp1: clear esrp esrp1 counters History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 541: Clear Esrp Neighbor

    clear esrp neighbor clear esrp neighbor clear esrp <esrpDomain> neighbor Description Clears the neighbor information for the specified ESRP domain. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of an ESRP domain. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If you add a new switch to your ESRP domain, use this command to clear the existing neighbor information for the ESRP domain.

  • Page 542: Clear Esrp Sticky

    ESRP Commands clear esrp sticky clear esrp <esrpDomain> sticky Description Clears the stickiness in the ESRP domain and forces the election of the ESRP master switch. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of an ESRP domain. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use the command to force the election of the ESRP master switch.

  • Page 543: Configure Esrp Add Master

    configure esrp add master configure esrp add master configure esrp <esrpDomain> add master <vlan_name> Description Adds a master VLAN to an ESRP domain. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of an ESRP domain. vlan_name Specifies the name of the master VLAN. Default N/A.

  • Page 544: Configure Esrp Add Member

    ESRP Commands configure esrp add member configure esrp <esrpDomain> add member <vlan_name> Description Adds a member VLAN to an ESRP domain. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of an ESRP domain. vlan_name Specifies the name of the member VLAN. Default N/A.

  • Page 545: Configure Esrp Add Track-Environment

    configure esrp add track-environment configure esrp add track-environment configure esrp <esrpDomain> add track-environment failover <priority> Description Configures an ESRP domain to track environmental failures. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name. priority Specifies a number between 0 and 255. Default No environmental tracking.

  • Page 546: Configure Esrp Add Track-Iproute

    ESRP Commands configure esrp add track-iproute configure esrp <esrpDomain> add track-iproute <ipaddress>/<masklength> Description Configures an ESRP domain to track a route entry in the system’s routing table. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name. ipaddress Specifies the IP address of the route entry to be tracked. masklength Specifies the subnet of the route entry to be tracked.

  • Page 547: Configure Esrp Add Track-Ping

    configure esrp add track-ping configure esrp add track-ping configure esrp <esrpDomain> add track-ping <ipaddress> frequency <seconds> miss <misses> Description Configures an ESRP domain to track an external gateway using ping. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name. ipaddress Specifies the IP address of the external gateway. seconds Specifies the interval in seconds between ping requests.

  • Page 548: Configure Esrp Add Track-Vlan

    ESRP Commands configure esrp add track-vlan configure esrp <esrpDomain> add track-vlan <vlan_name> Description Configures an ESRP domain to track port connectivity to a specified VLAN. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name. vlan_name Specifies the VLAN to be tracked. Default Disabled.

  • Page 549: Configure Esrp Delete Master

    configure esrp delete master configure esrp delete master configure esrp <esrpDomain> delete master <vlan_name> Description Deletes the specifies master VLAN from the specified ESRP domain. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of an ESRP domain. vlan_name Specifies the name of the master VLAN. Default N/A.

  • Page 550: Configure Esrp Delete Member

    ESRP Commands configure esrp delete member configure esrp <esrpDomain> delete member <vlan_name> Description Deletes a member VLAN from the specified ESRP domain. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of an ESRP domain. vlan_name Specifies the name of the member VLAN. Default N/A.

  • Page 551: Configure Esrp Delete Track-Environment

    configure esrp delete track-environment configure esrp delete track-environment configure esrp <esrpDomain> delete track-environment Description Disables environmental failure tracking for an ESRP domain. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name. Default No environmental tracking. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables environmental failure tracking for ESRP domain esrp1: configure esrp esrp1 delete track-environment History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 552: Configure Esrp Delete Track-Iproute

    ESRP Commands configure esrp delete track-iproute configure esrp <esrpDomain> delete track-iproute <ipaddress>/<masklength> Description Disables route entry tracking for an ESRP domain. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name. ipaddress Specifies the IP address of the route entry to be tracked. masklength Specifies the subnet of the route entry to be tracked.

  • Page 553: Configure Esrp Delete Track-Ping

    configure esrp delete track-ping configure esrp delete track-ping configure esrp <esrpDomain> delete track-ping <ipaddress> Description Disables the tracking of an external gateway using ping. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name. ipaddress Specifies the IP address of the external gateway. Default No ping tracking.

  • Page 554: Configure Esrp Delete Track-Vlan

    ESRP Commands configure esrp delete track-vlan configure esrp <esrpDomain> delete track-vlan <vlan_name> Description Disables the tracking of port connectivity to a specified VLAN. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name. vlan_name Specifies the VLAN to be tracked. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines If you delete a VLAN that is down, the ESRP domain recovers from the forced standby state.

  • Page 555: Configure Esrp Domain-Id

    configure esrp domain-id configure esrp domain-id configure esrp <esrpDomain> domain-id <number> Description Assigns an ESRP domain ID to an ESRP domain. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of an ESRP domain. number Specifies the number to use for the ESRP domain ID. The user-configured ID range is 4096 through 65,535.

  • Page 556: Configure Esrp Election-Policy

    ESRP Commands configure esrp election-policy configure esrp <esrpDomain> election-policy [ports > track > priority | ports > track > priority > mac | priority > mac | priority > ports > track > mac | priority > track > ports > mac | sticky >...
  • Page 557 configure esrp election-policy sticky > track > ports > priority Specifies that this ESRP domain should consider election factors in the following order: Stickiness, tracking information, active ports, ESRP priority. sticky > track > ports > priority > Specifies that this ESRP domain should consider election factors in the following order: Stickiness, tracking information, active ports, ESRP priority, MAC address.
  • Page 558 ESRP Commands Switch Behavior . If a switch is master, it actively provides Layer 3 routing services to other VLANs, and Layer 2 switching between all the ports of that VLAN. Additionally, the switch exchanges ESRP packets with other switches that are in slave mode. If a switch is in slave mode, it exchanges ESRP packets with other switches on that same VLAN.

  • Page 559: Configure Esrp Group

    configure esrp group configure esrp group configure esrp <esrpDomain> group <number> Description Configures the group number to be used for the ESRP domain. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name. group_number Specifies the ESRP group number to which this ESRP domain should be added.

  • Page 560: Configure Esrp Mode

    ESRP Commands configure esrp mode configure esrp mode [extended | standard] Description Configures the mode of operation for ESRP on the switch. Syntax Description extended Specifies ESRP extended mode. This mode is compatible with devices running ExtremeWare XOS and is not backwards compatible with devices running ExtremeWare.

  • Page 561: Configure Esrp Name

    configure esrp name configure esrp name configure esrp <esrpDomain> name <new-name> Description Renames an existing ESRP domain. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the current name of an ESRP domain. new-name Specifies a new name for the ESRP domain. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines The maximum length for a name is 32 characters.

  • Page 562: Configure Esrp Ports Mode

    ESRP Commands configure esrp ports mode configure esrp ports <ports> mode [host | normal] Description Configures the ESRP port mode for ESRP host attach. Syntax Description ports Specifies the list of ports that should be configured. May be in the form 2:*, 2:5, 2:6-2:8.

  • Page 563: Configure Esrp Ports No-Restart

    configure esrp ports no-restart configure esrp ports no-restart configure esrp <esrpDomain> ports <ports> no-restart Description Disables port restart for a port. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of the ESRP domain. ports Specifies a list of ports. May be in the form 2:*, 2:5, 2:6-2:8. Default N/A.

  • Page 564: Configure Esrp Ports Restart

    ESRP Commands configure esrp ports restart configure esrp <esrpDomain> ports <ports> restart Description Configures ESRP to restart ports if there is a state change and the downstream switch is from another vendor. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of the ESRP domain. ports Specifies a list of ports.

  • Page 565: Configure Esrp Priority

    configure esrp priority configure esrp priority configure esrp <esrpDomain> priority <number> Description Configures the ESRP priority. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain number. number Specifies a number between 0 and 255. Default Priority = 0. Usage Guidelines The ESRP priority is one of the factors used by the ESRP election algorithm in determining which switch is the Master switch.

  • Page 566: Configure Esrp Timer Hello

    ESRP Commands configure esrp timer hello configure esrp <esrpDomain> timer hello <seconds> Description Configures the ESRP hello timer value. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name seconds Specifies the number of seconds between keep-alive packets. The range is 1 to 255 seconds.

  • Page 567: Configure Esrp Timer Neighbor

    configure esrp timer neighbor configure esrp timer neighbor configure esrp <esrpDomain> timer neighbor <seconds> Description Configures the ESRP neighbor timeout value. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name. seconds Specifies the number of seconds after which an ESRP neighbor times out. The range is 6 to 1024 seconds.

  • Page 568: Configure Esrp Timer Neutral

    ESRP Commands configure esrp timer neutral configure esrp <esrpDomain> timer neutral <seconds> Description Configures the ESRP neutral timeout value. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name. seconds Specifies the number of seconds after which an ESRP domain. The range is 4 to 1024 seconds.

  • Page 569: Configure Esrp Timer Premaster

    {<name>} CAUTION Configure the pre-master state timeout only with guidance from Extreme Networks personnel. Misconfiguration can severely degrade the performance of ESRP and your switch. Example The following command configures the pre-master timeout to 10 seconds for the ESRP domain...

  • Page 570: Configure Esrp Timer Restart

    ESRP Commands configure esrp timer restart configure esrp <esrpDomain> timer restart <seconds> Description Configures the ESRP restart timer value. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies an ESRP domain name. seconds Specifies the maximum length of time, in seconds, that the neighbor ESRP switch remains in its current state during an MSM hitless failover.

  • Page 571: Create Esrp

    create esrp create esrp create esrp <esrpDomain> Description Creates an ESRP domain with the specified name on the switch. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of an ESRP domain to be created. May be up to 32 characters in length. Default The ESRP domain is disabled and in the “Aware”...
  • Page 572 ESRP Commands History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 573: Delete Esrp

    delete esrp delete esrp delete esrp <esrpDomain> Description Deletes the ESRP domain with the specified name. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of an ESRP domain to be deleted. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines You must first disable an ESRP domain before you delete it. To disable an ESRP domain, use the command.

  • Page 574: Disable Esrp

    ESRP Commands disable esrp disable esrp {<esrpDomain>} Description Disables ESRP for a named domain or for the entire switch. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of an ESRP domain. Default Disabled for the entire switch. Usage Guidelines If you do not specify a domain name, ESRP is disabled for the entire switch. If you disable an ESRP domain, the switch notifies its neighbor that the ESRP domain is going down, and the neighbor clears its neighbor table.

  • Page 575: Enable Esrp

    enable esrp enable esrp enable esrp <esrpDomain> Description Enables ESRP for a named domain. Syntax Description esrpDomain Specifies the name of an ESRP domain. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines Before you enable an ESRP domain, it must have a domain ID. The ESRP domain ID is determined from one of the following user-configured parameters: •...

  • Page 576: Show Esrp

    ESRP Commands show esrp show esrp {<name>} Description Displays ESRP configuration information for one or all ESRP domains on the switch. Syntax Description name Specifies an ESRP domain name. Default Shows summary ESRP information. Usage Guidelines This command shows information about the state of an ESRP domain and its neighbors. This includes information about tracked devices.
  • Page 577 show esrp The following command displays detailed ESRP status information for the specified ESRP domain on the switch: show esrp ed2 The following is sample output from this command: show esrp ed2 Domain: Group: Operational Version: extended Vlan Interface: Vlan Tag: Domain Id: Rtif.

  • Page 578: Show Esrp Counters

    ESRP Commands show esrp counters show esrp {<name>} counters Description Displays ESRP counter information for ESRP or for a specified ESRP domain. Syntax Description name Specifies an ESRP domain name. Default Displays summary ESRP counter information. Usage Guidelines command displays information about the number of: show esrp counters •...
  • Page 579 show esrp counters esrpStatsInvalidChecksum esrpStatsWrongDigest The following command displays counter information for ESRP domain show esrp ed5 counters The following is sample output from this command: Domain: Current-time: Sun Nov 16 00:25:27 2003 Rx-Esrp-Pkts = 628 Tx-Esrp-Pkts = 630 Rx-Aware-Esrp-Pkts = 112 Tx-Aware-Esrp-Pkts = 34...
  • Page 580 ESRP Commands ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 581: Vrrp Commands

    The virtual router is identified by a virtual router identifier (VRID) and an IP address. All of the VRRP routers that participate in the virtual router are assigned the same VRID. The Extreme Networks implementation of VRRP implementation is compliant with RFC 2338, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol.
  • Page 582 VRRP Commands A new master is elected when one of the following things happen: • VRRP is disabled on the master router. • Communication is lost between master and backup router(s). The master router sends periodic advertisements to the backup routers to indicate that it is alive. VRRP also supports the following tracking options: •...

  • Page 583: Clear Counters Vrrp

    clear counters vrrp clear counters vrrp clear counters vrrp {{vlan <vlan_name>} {vrid <vridval>}} Description Clears, resets all VRRP statistics and counters. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies a VRRP Virtual Router ID (VRID). Value can be in the range of 1-255.

  • Page 584: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Add Ipaddress

    VRRP Commands configure vrrp vlan vrid add ipaddress configure vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> add <ipaddress> Description Associates a virtual IP address with a specific VRRP virtual router. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies a VRRP Virtual Router ID (VRID). Value can be in the range of 1-255.

  • Page 585: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Add Track-Iproute

    configure vrrp vlan vrid add track-iproute configure vrrp vlan vrid add track-iproute configure vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> add track-iproute <ipaddress>/<masklength> Description Creates a tracking entry for the specified route. When this route becomes unreachable, this entry is considered to be failing. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN.

  • Page 586: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Add Track-Ping

    VRRP Commands configure vrrp vlan vrid add track-ping configure vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> add track-ping <ipaddress> frequency <seconds> miss <misses> Description Creates a tracking entry for the specified IP address. The entry is tracked via pings to the IP address, sent at the specified frequency.

  • Page 587: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Add Track-Vlan

    configure vrrp vlan vrid add track-vlan configure vrrp vlan vrid add track-vlan configure vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> add track-vlan <target_vlan_name> Description Configures a VRRP VLAN to track port connectivity to a specified VLAN. When this VLAN is in the “down”...

  • Page 588: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Advertisement-Interval

    VRRP Commands configure vrrp vlan vrid advertisement-interval configure vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> advertisement-interval <interval> Description Configures the time between VRRP advertisements (pings) in seconds. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies a VRRP Virtual Router ID (VRID). Value can be in the range of 1-255.

  • Page 589: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Authentication

    configure vrrp vlan vrid authentication configure vrrp vlan vrid authentication configure vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> authentication [none | simplepassword <password>] Description Configures the authentication type for a specific VRRP virtual router. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies a VRRP Virtual Router ID (VRID).

  • Page 590: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Delete Ipaddress

    VRRP Commands configure vrrp vlan vrid delete ipaddress configure vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> delete <ipaddress> Description Deletes a virtual IP address from a specific VRRP virtual router. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies a VRRP Virtual Router ID (VRID). Value can be in the range of 1-255.

  • Page 591: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Delete Track-Iproute

    configure vrrp vlan vrid delete track-iproute configure vrrp vlan vrid delete track-iproute configure vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> delete track-iproute <ipaddress>/<masklength> Description Deletes a tracking entry for the specified route. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies the VRRP virtual router ID of the target virtual router.

  • Page 592: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Delete Track-Ping

    A VRRP node with a priority of 255 may not recover from a ping-tracking failure if there is a Layer 2 switch between it and another VRRP node. In cases where a Layer 2 switch is used to connect VRRP nodes, Extreme Networks recommends that those nodes have priorities of less than 255. Example The following command disables ping tracking for the external gateway at 3.1.0.1:...

  • Page 593: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Delete Track-Vlan

    configure vrrp vlan vrid delete track-vlan configure vrrp vlan vrid delete track-vlan configure vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> delete track-vlan <target_vlan_name> Description Deletes the tracking of port connectivity to a specified VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies the VRRP virtual router ID of the target virtual router.

  • Page 594: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Dont-Preempt

    VRRP Commands configure vrrp vlan vrid dont-preempt configure vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> dont-preempt Description Specifies that a higher priority backup router does not preempt a lower priority master. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies a VRRP Virtual Router ID (VRID).

  • Page 595: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Preempt

    configure vrrp vlan vrid preempt configure vrrp vlan vrid preempt configure vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> preempt Description Specifies that a higher priority backup router does not preempt a lower priority master. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies a VRRP Virtual Router ID (VRID).

  • Page 596: Configure Vrrp Vlan Vrid Priority

    VRRP Commands configure vrrp vlan vrid priority configure vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> priority <priorityval> Description Configures the priority value of a VRRP virtual router. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies a VRRP Virtual Router ID (VRID). Value can be in the range of 1-255.

  • Page 597: Create Vrrp Vlan Vrid

    create vrrp vlan vrid create vrrp vlan vrid create vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> Description Creates a VRRP virtual router on the switch. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies a VRRP Virtual Router ID (VRID). Value can be in the range of 1-255.

  • Page 598: Delete Vrrp Vlan Vrid

    VRRP Commands delete vrrp vlan vrid delete vrrp vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval> Description Deletes a specified VRRP virtual router. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies a VRRP Virtual Router ID (VRID). Value can be in the range of 1-255.

  • Page 599: Disable Vrrp Vrid

    disable vrrp vrid disable vrrp vrid disable vrrp {vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval>} Description Disables a specific VRRP virtual router or all VRRP virtual routers. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies a VRRP Virtual Router ID (VRID). Value can be in the range of 1-255.

  • Page 600: Enable Vrrp Vrid

    VRRP Commands enable vrrp vrid enable vrrp {vlan <vlan_name> vrid <vridval>} Description Enables a specific VRRP virtual router or all VRRP virtual routers on the switch. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. vridval Specifies a VRRP Virtual Router ID (VRID). Value can be in the range of 1-255.

  • Page 601: Show Vrrp

    show vrrp show vrrp show vrrp {detail} Description Displays VRRP configuration information for all VRRP VLANs. Syntax Description detail Specifies more detailed VRRP information. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays a summary of status information for VRRP: show vrrp The following is sample output from this command: VLAN Name VRID Pri Virtual IP Addr State...

  • Page 602: Show Vrrp Vlan

    VRRP Commands show vrrp vlan show vrrp vlan <vlan_name> {stats} Description Displays VRRP information for a particular VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the name of a VRRP VLAN. stats Specifies statistics for a particular VLAN. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays statistics for VLAN vrrp-1: show vrrp vlan vrrp-1 stats...

  • Page 603: Chapter 15 Ip Unicast Commands

    Each IP address and mask assigned to a VLAN must represent a unique IP subnet. You cannot configure the same IP subnet on different VLANs. The Extreme Networks switch maintains an IP routing table for network routes and host routes. The table is populated from the following sources: •...
  • Page 604 Proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) was first developed so that ARP-capable devices could respond to ARP Request packets on behalf of ARP-incapable devices. Proxy ARP can also be used to achieve router redundancy and simplify IP client configuration. The Extreme Networks switch supports proxy ARP for this type of network configuration.

  • Page 605: Clear Iparp

    clear iparp clear iparp clear iparp {<ip_address> {vr <vr_name>} | vlan <vlan_name>} Description Removes dynamic entries in the IP ARP table. Syntax Description ip_address Specifies an IP address. vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. vr_name Specifies a VR name. Default If you do not specify a virtual router, the current virtual router context is used. Usage Guidelines Permanent IP ARP entries are not affected.

  • Page 606: Configure Bootprelay Add

    IP Unicast Commands configure bootprelay add configure bootprelay add <ip_address> {vr <vrid>} Description Configures the addresses to which BOOTP requests should be directed. Syntax Description ip_address Specifies an IP address. vrid Specifies a VR name. Default If you do not specify a virtual router, the current virtual router context is used. Usage Guidelines After IP unicast routing has been configured, you can configure the switch to forward Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) or BOOTP requests coming from clients on subnets being serviced by...

  • Page 607: Configure Bootprelay Delete

    configure bootprelay delete configure bootprelay delete configure bootprelay delete [<ip_address> | all] {vr <vrid>} Description Removes one or all IP destination addresses for forwarding BOOTP packets. Syntax Description ip_address Specifies an IP address. vrid Specifies a VR name. Specifies all IP address entries. Default If you do not specify a virtual router, the current virtual router context is used.

  • Page 608: Configure Iparp Add

    IP Unicast Commands configure iparp add configure iparp add <ip_addr> {vr <vr_name>} <mac> Description Adds a permanent entry to the ARP table. Specify the IP address and MAC address of the entry. Syntax Description ip_addr Specifies an IP address. Specifies a MAC address. vr_name Specifies a VR name.

  • Page 609: Configure Iparp Add Proxy

    configure iparp add proxy configure iparp add proxy configure iparp add proxy [<ipNetmask> | <ip_addr> {<mask>}] {vr <vr_name>} {<mac>} {always} Description Configures the switch to respond to ARP Requests on behalf of devices that are incapable of doing so. Up to 64 proxy ARP entries can be configured. Syntax Description ipNetmask Specifies an IP address/mask length.

  • Page 610: Configure Iparp Delete

    IP Unicast Commands configure iparp delete configure iparp delete <ip_addr> {vr <vr_name>} Description Deletes an entry from the ARP table. Specify the IP address of the entry. Syntax Description ip_addr Specifies an IP address. vr_name Specifies a VR name. Default If you do not specify a virtual router, the current virtual router context is used.

  • Page 611: Configure Iparp Delete Proxy

    configure iparp delete proxy configure iparp delete proxy configure iparp delete proxy [[<ipNetmask> | <ip_addr> {<mask>}] {vr <vr_name>} | all] Description Deletes one or all proxy ARP entries. Syntax Description ipNetmask Specifies an IP address/mask length. ip_addr Specifies an IP address. mask Specifies a subnet mask.

  • Page 612: Configure Iparp Max_Entries

    IP Unicast Commands configure iparp max_entries configure iparp max_entries <max_entries> Description Configures the maximum allowed IP ARP entries. Syntax Description max_entries Specifies a number of maximum IP ARP entries. Default 4096. Usage Guidelines Range: 1 - 20480. The maximum IP ARP entries include dynamic, static, and incomplete IP ARP entries.

  • Page 613: Configure Iparp Max_Pending_Entries

    configure iparp max_pending_entries configure iparp max_pending_entries configure iparp max_pending_entries <max_pending_entries> Description Configures the maximum allowed incomplete IP ARP entries. Syntax Description max_pending_entries Specifies a number of maximum IP ARP entries. Default 256. Usage Guidelines Range: 1 - 20480, but cannot be greater than the configured IP ARP max_entries value. Example The following command sets the maximum pending IP ARP entries to 500 entries: configure iparp max_pending_entries 500...

  • Page 614: Configure Iparp Max_Proxy_Entries

    IP Unicast Commands configure iparp max_proxy_entries configure iparp max_proxy_entries <max_proxy_entries> Description Configures the maximum allowed IP ARP proxy entries. Syntax Description max_proxy_entries Specifies maximum number of IP ARP proxy entries. Default 256. Usage Guidelines Range: 0 - 4096. Example The following command sets the maximum IP ARP proxy entries to 500 entries: configure iparp max_proxy_entries 500 History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0.

  • Page 615: Configure Iparp Timeout

    configure iparp timeout configure iparp timeout configure iparp timeout {vr <vr_name>} <minutes> Description Configures the IP ARP timeout period. Syntax Description vr_name Specifies which virtual router IP ARP setting to change. minutes Specifies a time in minutes. Default 20 minutes. Usage Guidelines The range is 0-32,767.

  • Page 616: Configure Iproute Add

    IP Unicast Commands configure iproute add configure iproute add [<ipNetmask> | <ip_addr> <mask>] <gateway> {multicast-only | unicast-only | vr <vrname>} Description Adds a static address to the routing table. Syntax Description ipNetmask Specifies an IP address/mask length. ip_address Specifies an IP address. mask Specifies a subnet mask.

  • Page 617: Configure Iproute Add Blackhole

    configure iproute add blackhole configure iproute add blackhole configure iproute add blackhole [<ipNetmask> | <ipaddress> <mask>] {vr <vrname>} {multicast-only | unicast-only} Description Adds a blackhole address to the routing table. All traffic destined for a configured blackhole IP address is silently dropped, and no Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) message is generated. Syntax Description ipNetmask Specifies an IP address/mask length.

  • Page 618: Configure Iproute Add Blackhole Default

    IP Unicast Commands configure iproute add blackhole default configure iproute add blackhole default {vr <vrname>} {multicast-only | unicast-only} Description Adds a default blackhole route to the routing table. All traffic destined for an unknown IP destination is silently dropped, and no Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) message is generated. Syntax Description vr_name Specifies the virtual router to which the route is added.

  • Page 619: Configure Iproute Add Default

    configure iproute add default configure iproute add default configure iproute add default <gateway> {vr <vrname>} {<metric>} {multicast-only | unicast-only} Description Adds a default gateway to the routing table. Syntax Description gateway Specifies a VLAN gateway metric Specifies a cost metric. If no metric is specified, the default of 1 is used. vrname Specifies the virtual router to which the route is added.

  • Page 620: Configure Iproute Delete

    IP Unicast Commands configure iproute delete configure iproute delete [<ipNetmask> | <ipaddress> <mask>] <gateway> {vr <vrname>} Description Deletes a static address from the routing table. Syntax Description ipNetmask Specifies an IP address/mask length. ipaddress Specifies an IP address. mask Specifies a subnet mask. gateway Specifies a VLAN gateway.

  • Page 621: Configure Iproute Delete Blackhole

    configure iproute delete blackhole configure iproute delete blackhole configure iproute delete blackhole [<ipNetmask> | <ipaddress> <mask>] {vr <vrname>} Description Deletes a blackhole address from the routing table. Syntax Description ipNetmask Specifies an IP address/mask length. ipaddress Specifies an IP address. mask Specifies a netmask.

  • Page 622: Configure Iproute Delete Blackhole Default

    IP Unicast Commands configure iproute delete blackhole default configure iproute delete blackhole default {vr <vrname>} Description Deletes a default blackhole route from the routing table. Syntax Description vrname Specifies a VR name. Default If you do not specify a virtual router, the current virtual router context is used. Usage Guidelines None.

  • Page 623: Configure Iproute Delete Default

    configure iproute delete default configure iproute delete default configure iproute delete default <gateway> {vr <vrname>} Description Deletes a default gateway from the routing table. Syntax Description gateway Specifies a VLAN gateway. vrname Specifies the virtual router to which the route is deleted. Default If you do not specify a virtual router, the current virtual router context is used.

  • Page 624: Configure Iproute Priority

    IP Unicast Commands configure iproute priority configure iproute priority [rip | blackhole | direct | bootp | ebgp | ibgp | icmp | static | ospf-intra | ospf-inter | ospf-as-external | ospf-extern1 | ospf-extern2] <priority> Description Changes the priority for all routes from a particular route origin. Syntax Description Specifies RIP.
  • Page 625 configure iproute priority Table 12: Relative route priorities (continued) Route Origin Priority OSPF External 1 3200 OSPF External 2 3300 BOOTP 5000 Usage Guidelines Although these priorities can be changed, do not attempt any manipulation unless you are expertly familiar with the possible consequences. If you change the route priority, you must save the configuration and reboot the system.

  • Page 626: Configure Irdp

    IP Unicast Commands configure irdp configure irdp [multicast | broadcast | <mininterval> <maxinterval> <lifetime> <preference>] Description Configures the destination address of the router advertisement messages. Syntax Description multicast Specifies multicast setting. broadcast Specifies broadcast setting. mininterval Specifies the minimum time between advertisements. maxinterval Specifies the maximum time between advertisements.

  • Page 627: Configure Vlan Add Secondary-Ipaddress

    configure vlan add secondary-ipaddress configure vlan add secondary-ipaddress configure vlan <vlan_name> add secondary-ipaddress [<ipaddress> {<netmask>} | <ipNetmask>] Description Configures secondary IP addresses on a VLAN to support multinetting. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. ipaddress Specifies an IP address. netmask Specifies a network mask.

  • Page 628: Configure Vlan Delete Secondary-Ipaddress

    IP Unicast Commands configure vlan delete secondary-ipaddress configure vlan <vlan_name> delete secondary-ipaddress [<ipaddress> | all] Description Removes secondary IP addresses on a VLAN. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. ipaddress Specifies an IP address. Specifies all secondary IP addresses. Default N/A.

  • Page 629: Disable Bootp Vlan

    disable bootp vlan disable bootp vlan disable bootp vlan [<vlan> | all] Description Disables the generation and processing of BOOTP packets on a VLAN to obtain an IP address for the VLAN from a BOOTP server. Syntax Description vlan Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all VLANs.

  • Page 630: Disable Bootprelay

    IP Unicast Commands disable bootprelay disable bootprelay {vr <vrid>} Description Disables the BOOTP relay function. Syntax Description vrid Specifies the virtual router to be disabled. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines This command can disable the BOOTP relay functionality for a particular virtual router, or all of them. If you use the command without specifying a virtual router, the functionality is disabled for all virtual routers.

  • Page 631: Disable Icmp Address-Mask

    disable icmp address-mask disable icmp address-mask disable icmp address-mask {vlan <name>} Description Disables the generation of an ICMP address-mask reply on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines Disables the generation of an ICMP address-mask reply (type 18, code 0) when an ICMP address mask request is received.

  • Page 632: Disable Icmp Parameter-Problem

    IP Unicast Commands disable icmp parameter-problem disable icmp parameter-problem {vlan <name>} Description Disables the generation of an ICMP parameter-problem message on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Disables the generation of an ICMP parameter-problem message (type 12) when the switch cannot properly process the IP header or IP option information.

  • Page 633: Disable Icmp Port-Unreachables

    disable icmp port-unreachables disable icmp port-unreachables disable icmp port-unreachables {vlan <name>} Description Disables the generation of ICMP port unreachable messages on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Disables the generation of ICMP port unreachable messages (type 3, code 3) when a TPC or UDP request is made to the switch, and no application is waiting for the request, or access policy denies the request.

  • Page 634: Disable Icmp Redirects

    IP Unicast Commands disable icmp redirects disable icmp redirects {vlan <name>} Description Disables generation of ICMP redirect messages on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables ICMP redirects from VLAN accounting: disable icmp redirects vlan accounting History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 635: Disable Icmp Time-Exceeded

    disable icmp time-exceeded disable icmp time-exceeded disable icmp time-exceeded {vlan <name>} Description Disables the generation of ICMP time exceeded messages on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Disables the generation of an ICMP time exceeded message (type 11) when the TTL field expires during forwarding.

  • Page 636: Disable Icmp Timestamp

    IP Unicast Commands disable icmp timestamp disable icmp timestamp {vlan <name>} Description Disables the generation of an ICMP timestamp response on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Disables the generation of an ICMP timestamp response (type 14, code 0) when an ICMP timestamp request is received.

  • Page 637: Disable Icmp Unreachables

    disable icmp unreachables disable icmp unreachables disable icmp unreachables {vlan <name>} Description Disables the generation of ICMP unreachable messages on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables the generation of ICMP unreachable messages on all VLANs: disable icmp unreachables History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 638: Disable Icmp Useredirects

    IP Unicast Commands disable icmp useredirects disable icmp useredirects Description Disables the modification of route table information when an ICMP redirect message is received. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines This option only applies to the switch when the switch is not in routing mode. Example The following command disables the changing of routing table information: disable icmp useredirects...

  • Page 639: Disable Iparp Checking

    disable iparp checking disable iparp checking disable iparp {vr <vr_name>} checking Description Disable checking if the ARP Request source IP address is within the range of the local interface or VLAN domain. Syntax Description vr_name Specifies a virtual router. Default Enabled.

  • Page 640: Disable Iparp Refresh

    IP Unicast Commands disable iparp refresh disable iparp {vr <vr_name>} refresh Description Disables IP ARP to refresh its IP ARP entries before timing out. Syntax Description vr_name Specifies a virtual router. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines IP ARP refresh can only be disabled if IP forwarding is disabled. The purpose of disabling ARP refresh is to reduce ARP traffic in a high node count layer 2 switching only environment.

  • Page 641: Disable Ipforwarding

    disable ipforwarding disable ipforwarding disable ipforwarding {broadcast} {vlan <vlan_name>} Description Disables routing (or routing of broadcasts) for one or all VLANs. If no argument is provided, disables routing for all VLANs. Syntax Description broadcast Specifies broadcast IP forwarding. vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Disabled.

  • Page 642: Disable Ip-Option Loose-Source-Route

    IP Unicast Commands disable ip-option loose-source-route disable ip-option loose-source-route Description Disables the loose source route IP option. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables the loose source route IP option: disable ip-option loose-source-route History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 643: Disable Ip-Option Record-Route

    disable ip-option record-route disable ip-option record-route disable ip-option record-route Description Disables the record route IP option. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables the record route IP option: disable ip-option record-route History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 644: Disable Ip-Option Record-Timestamp

    IP Unicast Commands disable ip-option record-timestamp disable ip-option record-timestamp Description Disables the record timestamp IP option. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables the record timestamp IP option: disable ip-option record-timestamp History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 645: Disable Ip-Option Strict-Source-Route

    disable ip-option strict-source-route disable ip-option strict-source-route disable ip-option strict-source-route Description Disables the strict source route IP option. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables the strict source route IP option: disable ip-option strict-source-route History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 646: Disable Ip-Option Router-Alert

    IP Unicast Commands disable ip-option router-alert disable ip-option router-alert Description Disables the generation of the router alert IP option. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables generation of the router alert IP option: disable ip-option router-alert History This command was first available in EXOS 10.1.

  • Page 647: Disable Irdp

    disable irdp disable irdp disable irdp {vlan <name>} Description Disables the generation of ICMP router advertisement messages on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines If no optional argument is specified, all the IP interfaces are affected. Example The following command disables IRDP on VLAN accounting: disable irdp vlan accounting...

  • Page 648: Disable Udp-Echo-Server

    IP Unicast Commands disable udp-echo-server disable udp-echo-server {vr <vrid>} Description Disables UDP echo server support. Syntax Description Specifies a virtual router. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines UDP Echo packets are used to measure the transit time for data between the transmitting and receiving end.

  • Page 649: Enable Bootp Vlan

    enable bootp vlan enable bootp vlan enable bootp vlan [<vlan> | all] Description Enables the generation and processing of BOOTP packets on a VLAN to obtain an IP address for the VLAN from a BOOTP server. Syntax Description vlan Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all VLANs.

  • Page 650: Enable Bootprelay

    IP Unicast Commands enable bootprelay enable bootprelay {vr <vrid>} Description Enables the BOOTP relay function. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. The default virtual router is VR-Default. Usage Guidelines After IP unicast routing has been configured, you can configure the switch to forward Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) or BOOTP requests coming from clients on subnets being serviced by the switch and going to hosts on different subnets.

  • Page 651: Enable Icmp Address-Mask

    enable icmp address-mask enable icmp address-mask enable icmp address-mask {vlan <name>} Description Enables the generation of an ICMP address-mask reply on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines Enables the generation of an ICMP address-mask reply (type 18, code 0) when an ICMP address mask request is received.The default setting is enabled.

  • Page 652: Enable Icmp Parameter-Problem

    IP Unicast Commands enable icmp parameter-problem enable icmp parameter-problem {vlan <name>} Description Enables the generation of an ICMP parameter-problem message on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Enables the generation of an ICMP parameter-problem message (type 12) when the switch cannot properly process the IP header or IP option information.

  • Page 653: Enable Icmp Port-Unreachables

    enable icmp port-unreachables enable icmp port-unreachables enable icmp port-unreachables {vlan <name>} Description Enables the generation of ICMP port unreachable messages on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Enables the generation of ICMP port unreachable messages (type 3, code 3) when a TPC or UDP request is made to the switch, and no application is waiting for the request, or access policy denies the request.

  • Page 654: Enable Icmp Redirects

    IP Unicast Commands enable icmp redirects enable icmp redirects {vlan <name>} Description Enables generation of ICMP redirect messages on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines This option only applies to the switch when the switch is not in routing mode. Example The following command enables the generation of ICMP redirect messages on all VLANs: enable icmp redirects...

  • Page 655: Enable Icmp Time-Exceeded

    enable icmp time-exceeded enable icmp time-exceeded enable icmp time-exceeded {vlan <name>} Description Enables the generation of ICMP time exceeded messages on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Enables the generation of an ICMP time exceeded message (type 11) when the TTL field expires during forwarding.

  • Page 656: Enable Icmp Timestamp

    IP Unicast Commands enable icmp timestamp enable icmp timestamp {vlan <name>} Description Enables the generation of an ICMP timestamp response on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Enables the generation of an ICMP timestamp response (type 14, code 0) when an ICMP timestamp request is received.

  • Page 657: Enable Icmp Unreachables

    enable icmp unreachables enable icmp unreachables enable icmp unreachables {vlan <name>} Description Enables the generation of ICMP unreachable messages on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables the generation of ICMP unreachable messages on all VLANs: enable icmp unreachables History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 658: Enable Icmp Useredirects

    IP Unicast Commands enable icmp useredirects enable icmp useredirects Description Enables the modification of route table information when an ICMP redirect message is received. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines This option only applies to the switch when the switch is not in routing mode. Example The following command enables the modification of route table information: enable icmp useredirects...

  • Page 659: Enable Iparp Checking

    enable iparp checking enable iparp checking enable iparp {vr <vr_name>} checking Description Enables checking if the ARP Request source IP address is within the range of the local interface or VLAN domain. Syntax Description vr_name Specifies a virtual router. Default Enabled.

  • Page 660: Enable Iparp Refresh

    IP Unicast Commands enable iparp refresh enable iparp {vr <vr_name>} refresh Description Enables IP ARP to refresh its IP ARP entries before timing out. Syntax Description vr_name Specifies a virtual router. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines IP ARP refresh can only be disabled if IP forwarding is disabled. The purpose of disabling ARP refresh is to reduce ARP traffic in a high node count layer 2 switching only environment.

  • Page 661: Enable Ipforwarding

    enable ipforwarding enable ipforwarding enable ipforwarding {broadcast} {vlan <vlan_name>} Description Enables IP routing or IP broadcast forwarding for one or all VLANs. If no argument is provided, enables IP routing for all VLANs that have been configured with an IP address on the current virtual router.

  • Page 662: Enable Ip-Option Loose-Source-Route

    IP Unicast Commands enable ip-option loose-source-route enable ip-option loose-source-route Description Enables the loose source route IP option. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables the loose source route IP option: enable ip-option loose-source-route History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 663: Enable Ip-Option Record-Route

    enable ip-option record-route enable ip-option record-route enable ip-option record-route Description Enables the record route IP option. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables the record route IP option: enable ip-option record-route History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 664: Enable Ip-Option Record-Timestamp

    IP Unicast Commands enable ip-option record-timestamp enable ip-option record-timestamp Description Enables the record timestamp IP option. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables the record timestamp IP option: enable ip-option record-timestamp History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 665: Enable Ip-Option Strict-Source-Route

    enable ip-option strict-source-route enable ip-option strict-source-route enable ip-option strict-source-route Description Enables the strict source route IP option. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables the strict source route IP option: enable ip-option strict-source-route History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 666: Enable Ip-Option Router-Alert

    IP Unicast Commands enable ip-option router-alert enable ip-option router-alert Description Enables the generation of the router alert IP option. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables generation of the router alert IP option: enable ip-option router-alert History This command was first available in EXOS 10.1.

  • Page 667: Enable Iproute Sharing

    enable iproute sharing enable iproute sharing enable iproute sharing Description Enables load sharing if multiple routes to the same destination are available. When multiple routes to the same destination are available, load sharing can be enabled to distribute the traffic to multiple destination gateways.

  • Page 668: Enable Irdp

    IP Unicast Commands enable irdp enable irdp {vlan <name>} Description Enables the generation of ICMP router advertisement messages on one or all VLANs. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines If no optional argument is specified, all the IP interfaces are affected. Example The following command enables IRDP on VLAN accounting: enable irdp vlan accounting...

  • Page 669: Enable Udp-Echo-Server

    enable udp-echo-server enable udp-echo-server enable udp-echo-server {vr <vrid>}{udp-port <port>} Description Enables UDP echo server support. Syntax Description port Specifies the UDP port. Specifies the virtual router. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines UDP Echo packets are used to measure the transit time for data between the transmitting and receiving end.

  • Page 670: Rtlookup

    IP Unicast Commands rtlookup rtlookup <ipaddress> {vr <vrname>} Description Performs a look-up in the route table to determine the best route to reach an IP address or host. Syntax Description ipaddress Specifies an IP address. vrname Specifies the virtual router to route from. Default N/A.

  • Page 671: Show Bootprelay

    show bootprelay show bootprelay show bootprelay Description Displays the DHCP/BOOTP relay statistics and configuration for the virtual routers. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default None. Usage Guidelines None Example The following command displays the DHCP/BOOTP relay statistics for existing virtual routers: show bootprelay History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 672: Show Iparp

    IP Unicast Commands show iparp show iparp {<ip_addr> | <mac> | vlan <vlan_name> | permanent} {vr <vr_name>} Description Displays the IP Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. You can filter the display by IP address, MAC address, VLAN, or permanent entries. Syntax Description ip_addr Specifies an IP address.

  • Page 673: Show Iparp Proxy

    show iparp proxy show iparp proxy show iparp proxy {[<ipNetmask> | <ip_addr> <mask>]} {vr <vr_name>} Description Displays the proxy ARP table. Syntax Description ipNetmask Specifies an IP address/mask length. ip_address Specifies an IP address. mask Specifies a subnet mask. vr_name Specifies a virtual router.

  • Page 674: Show Ipconfig

    IP Unicast Commands show ipconfig show ipconfig {vlan <vlan_name>} Description Displays configuration information for one or more VLANs. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If no VLAN information is specified, then global IP configuration is displayed. Otherwise, specific VLAN(s) information will be displayed.

  • Page 675: Show Iproute

    show iproute show iproute show iproute {priority | vlan <vlan_name> | permanent | <ip_address> <netmask> | summary} {multicast | unicast} {vr <vrname>}} Description Displays the contents of the IP routing table or the route origin priority. Syntax Description priority Specifies a route priority. vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name.

  • Page 676: Show Iproute Origin

    IP Unicast Commands show iproute origin show iproute origin [all-bgp | all-ospf | ebgp | ibgp | direct | static | blackhole | rip | bootp | icmp | ospf-intra | ospf-inter | ospf-extern1 | ospf-extern2]} {vr <vrname>} Description Displays the contents of the IP routing table or the route origin priority. Syntax Description origin Specifies a display of the route map origin.

  • Page 677: Show Ipstats

    show ipstats show ipstats show ipstats {vlan <name> | vr <vrname>} Description Displays IP statistics for the CPU for the switch or for a particular VLAN. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. vrname Specifies a virtual router. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines This command only shows statistics of the CPU-handled packets.
  • Page 678 IP Unicast Commands Table 13: Global IP statistics field definitions (continued) Field Definition Forwards ForwardOK and Fwd Err aggregate count. ForwardOK Total number of IP packets forwarded correctly. Fwd Err Total number of IP packets that cannot be forwarded. NoFwding Aggregate number of IP packets not forwarded due to errors.
  • Page 679 show ipstats Table 16: Router interface statistics field definitions Field Definition Packets IN/OUT Total number of IP packets received or transmitted on a VLAN router interface. Octets IN/OUT Total number of octets received or transmitted on a VLAN router interface. Mcast packets IN/OUT Total number of multicast packets received or transmitted on a VLAN router interface.

  • Page 680: Unconfigure Icmp

    IP Unicast Commands unconfigure icmp unconfigure icmp Description Resets all ICMP settings to the default values. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command resets all ICMP settings to the default values. unconfigure icmp History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 681: Unconfigure Iparp

    unconfigure iparp unconfigure iparp unconfigure iparp Description Resets the following to their default values: • IP ARP timeout • max ARP entries • max ARP pending entries • ARP checking • ARP refresh Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A.

  • Page 682: Unconfigure Irdp

    IP Unicast Commands unconfigure irdp unconfigure irdp Description Resets all router advertisement settings to the default values. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command resets all router advertisement settings to the default values. unconfigure irdp History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.
  • Page 683 IGP Commands This chapter documents commands used for the following interior gateway protocols: • OSPF • RIP Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is a link-state protocol that distributes routing information between routers belonging to a single IP domain, also known as an autonomous system (AS). In a link-state routing protocol, each router maintains a database describing the topology of the autonomous system.

  • Page 684: Chapter 16 Igp Commands

    IGP Commands Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) first used in computer routing in the Advanced Research Projects Agency Network (ARPAnet) as early as 1969. It is primarily intended for use in homogeneous networks of moderate size. To determine the best path to a distant network, a router using RIP always selects the path that has the least number of hops.

  • Page 685: Clear Ospf Counters

    clear ospf counters clear ospf counters clear ospf counters { interfaces [all | vlan <vlan-name> | area <area-identifier>] | area [all | <area-identifier>] | virtual-link [all | <router-identifier> <area-identifier>] | neighbor [all | routerid [<ip-address> {<ip-mask>} | <ipNetmask>] | vlan <vlan-name>] | system Description Clears the OSPF counters (statistics).

  • Page 686: Clear Rip Counters

    IGP Commands clear rip counters clear rip counters Description Clears the RIP counters (statistics). Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command clears the RIP statistics counters: clear rip counters History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 687: Configure Ospf Cost

    configure ospf cost configure ospf cost configure ospf [area <area-identifier> | vlan [<vlan-name> | all]] cost [automatic | <cost>] Description Configures the cost metric of one or all interface(s) or an area. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name.

  • Page 688: Configure Ospf Priority

    IGP Commands configure ospf priority configure ospf [area <area-identifier> | vlan [<vlan-name> | all]] priority <priority> Description Configures the priority used in the designated router and backup designated router election algorithm for one or all OSPF interface(s) or for all the interfaces within the area. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area.

  • Page 689: Configure Ospf Authentication

    configure ospf authentication configure ospf authentication configure ospf [vlan [<vlan-name> | all] | area <area-identifier> | virtual-link <router-identifier> <area-identifier>] authentication [{encrypted} simple-password <simple-password> | {encrypted} md5 <md5_key_id> <md5_key>| none] Description Specifies the authentication password (up to eight characters) or Message Digest 5 (MD5) key for one or all interfaces in a specific area or a virtual link.

  • Page 690: Configure Ospf Add Virtual-Link

    IGP Commands configure ospf add virtual-link configure ospf add virtual-link <router-identifier> <area-identifier> Description Adds a virtual link connected to another ABR. Syntax Description router-identifier Specifies the router ID of the other end of the link. area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. Default N/A.

  • Page 691: Configure Ospf Add Vlan Area

    configure ospf add vlan area configure ospf add vlan area configure ospf add vlan [<vlan-name> | all] area <area-identifier> {passive} Description Enables OSPF on one or all VLANs (router interfaces). Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all VLANs. area-identifier Specifies the area to which the VLAN is assigned.

  • Page 692: Configure Ospf Add Vlan Area Link-Type

    IGP Commands configure ospf add vlan area link-type configure ospf add vlan <vlan-name> area <area-identifier> link-type [auto | broadcast | point-to-point] {passive} Description Configures the OSPF link type. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. area-identifier Specifies the area to which the VLAN is assigned. auto Specifies to automatically determine the OSPF link type based on the interface type.

  • Page 693: Configure Ospf Area External-Filter

    configure ospf area external-filter configure ospf area external-filter configure ospf area <area-identifier> external-filter [<policy-map> |none] Description Configures an external filter policy. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies the OSPF target area. policy-map Specifies a policy. none Specifies not to apply an external filter (removes the existing policy, if any). Default N/A.

  • Page 694: Configure Ospf Area Interarea-Filter

    IGP Commands configure ospf area interarea-filter configure ospf area <area-identifier> interarea-filter [<policy-map> | none] Description Configures a global inter-area filter policy. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies the OSPF target area. policy-map Specifies a policy. none Specifies not to apply an interarea filter. Default N/A.

  • Page 695: Configure Ospf Area Add Range

    configure ospf area add range configure ospf area add range configure ospf area <area-identifier> add range [<ip-address> <ip-mask> | <ipNetmask>] [advertise | noadvert] [type-3 | type-7] Description Configures a range of IP addresses in an OSPF area to be aggregated. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area.

  • Page 696: Configure Ospf Area Delete Range

    IGP Commands configure ospf area delete range configure ospf area <area-identifier> delete range [<ip-address> <ip-mask> | <ipNetmask>] Description Deletes a range of aggregated IP addresses in an OSPF area. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. ip-address Specifies an IP address. ip-mask Specifies a subnet mask.

  • Page 697: Configure Ospf Area Normal

    configure ospf area normal configure ospf area normal configure ospf area <area-identifier> normal Description Configures an OSFP area as a normal area. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. Default Normal. Usage Guidelines A normal area is an area that is not any of the following: •...

  • Page 698: Configure Ospf Area Nssa Stub-Default-Cost

    IGP Commands configure ospf area nssa stub-default-cost configure ospf area <area-identifier> nssa [summary | nosummary] stub-default-cost <cost> {translate} Description Configures an OSPF area as an NSSA. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. summary Specifies that type-3 can be propagated into the area. nosummary Specifies that type-3 cannot be propagated into the area.

  • Page 699: Configure Ospf Area Stub Stub-Default-Cost

    configure ospf area stub stub-default-cost configure ospf area stub stub-default-cost configure ospf area <area-identifier> stub [summary | nosummary] stub-default-cost <cost> Description Configures an OSPF area as a stub area. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. summary Specifies that type-3 can be propagated into the area. nosummary Specifies that type-3 cannot be propagated into the area.

  • Page 700: Configure Ospf Area Timer

    IGP Commands configure ospf area timer configure ospf area <area-identifier> timer <retransmit-interval> <transit-delay> <hello-interval> <dead-interval> {<wait-timer-interval>} Description Configures the timers for all interfaces in the same OSPF area. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. retransmit-interval Specifies the length of time that the router waits before retransmitting an LSA that is not acknowledged.
  • Page 701 configure ospf area timer • wait timer interval—This interval is required by the OSPF standard to be equal to the router dead interval. Under some circumstances, setting the wait interval to smaller values can help OSPF routers on a broadcast network to synchronize more quickly at the expense of possibly electing an incorrect DR or BDR.

  • Page 702: Configure Ospf Ase-Limit

    IGP Commands configure ospf ase-limit configure ospf ase-limit <number> {timeout <seconds>} Description Configures the AS-external LSA limit and overflow duration associated with OSPF database overflow handling. Syntax Description number Specifies the number of external routes that can be held in a link-state database.

  • Page 703: Configure Ospf Ase-Summary Add

    configure ospf ase-summary add configure ospf ase-summary add configure ospf ase-summary add [<ip-address> <ip-mask> | <ipNetmask>] cost <cost> {tag <number>} Description Aggregates AS-external routes in a specified address range. Syntax Description ip-address Specifies an IP address. ip-mask Specifies a subnet mask. ipNetmask Specifies IP address / Netmask.

  • Page 704: Configure Ospf Ase-Summary Delete

    IGP Commands configure ospf ase-summary delete configure ospf ase-summary delete [<ip-address> <ip-mask> | <ipNetmask>] Description Deletes an aggregated OSPF external route. Syntax Description ip-address Specifies an IP address. ip-mask Specifies a subnet mask. ipNetmask Specifies IP address / Netmask. Default N/A.

  • Page 705: Configure Ospf Delete Virtual-Link

    configure ospf delete virtual-link configure ospf delete virtual-link configure ospf delete virtual-link <router-identifier> <area-identifier> Description Removes a virtual link. Syntax Description router-identifier Specifies the router ID of the other end of the link. area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None.

  • Page 706: Configure Ospf Delete Vlan

    IGP Commands configure ospf delete vlan configure ospf delete vlan [<vlan-name> | all] Description Disables OSPF on one or all VLANs (router interfaces). Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all VLANs. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables OSPF on VLAN accounting: configure ospf delete vlan accounting History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 707: Configure Ospf Import-Policy

    configure ospf import-policy configure ospf import-policy configure ospf import-policy [<policy-map> | none] Description Associates or removes the policy applied to OSPF routes added to the system routing table. Syntax Description policy-map Specifies the policy to apply. Default No policy. Usage Guidelines Use this command to associate a policy with the OSPF routes installed into the system table.

  • Page 708: Configure Ospf Lsa-Batch-Interval

    IGP Commands configure ospf lsa-batch-interval configure ospf lsa-batch-interval <seconds> Description Configures the OSPF LSA batching interval. Syntax Description seconds Specifies a time in seconds. Default The default setting is 30 seconds. Usage Guidelines The range is between 0 (disabled) and 600 seconds, using multiples of 5 seconds. The LSAs added to the LSDB during the interval are batched together for refresh or timeout.

  • Page 709: Configure Ospf Metric-Table

    configure ospf metric-table configure ospf metric-table configure ospf metric-table 10M <cost_10m> 100M <cost_100m> 1G <cost_1g> {10G <cost_10g>} Description Configures the automatic interface costs for 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, and 1 Gbps interfaces, and optionally, the 10 Gbps interface. Syntax Description cost Specifies the interface cost for the indicated interfaces.

  • Page 710: Configure Ospf Routerid

    IGP Commands configure ospf routerid configure ospf routerid [automatic | <router-identifier>] Description Configures the OSPF router ID. If automatic is specified, the switch uses the highest IP interface address as the OSPF router ID. Syntax Description automatic Specifies to use automatic addressing. router-identifier Specifies a router address.

  • Page 711: Configure Ospf Spf-Hold-Time

    configure ospf spf-hold-time configure ospf spf-hold-time configure ospf spf-hold-time <seconds> Description Configures the minimum number of seconds between Shortest Path First (SPF) recalculations. Syntax Description seconds Specifies a time in seconds. The range is 0 to 300 seconds. Default 3 seconds. Usage Guidelines None.

  • Page 712: Configure Ospf Virtual-Link Timer

    IGP Commands configure ospf virtual-link timer configure ospf virtual-link <router-identifier> <area-identifier> timer <retransmit-interval> <transit-delay> <hello-interval> <dead-interval> Description Configures the timers for a virtual link. Syntax Description router-identifier Specifies the router ID of the other end of the link. area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. retransmit-interval Specifies the length of time that the router waits before retransmitting an LSA that is not acknowledged.

  • Page 713: Configure Ospf Vlan Area

    configure ospf vlan area configure ospf vlan area configure ospf vlan <vlan-name> area <area-identifier> Description Associates a VLAN (router interface) with an OSPF area. By default, all router interfaces are associated with area 0.0.0.0. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area.

  • Page 714: Configure Ospf Vlan Neighbor Add

    IGP Commands configure ospf vlan neighbor add configure ospf vlan <vlan-name> neighbor add <ip-address> Description Configures the IP address of a point-to-point neighbor. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. ip-address Specifies an IP address. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command configures the IP address of a point-to-point neighbor: configure ospf vlan accounting neighbor add 10.0.0.1...

  • Page 715: Configure Ospf Vlan Neighbor Delete

    configure ospf vlan neighbor delete configure ospf vlan neighbor delete configure ospf vlan <vlan-name> neighbor delete <ip-address> Description Deletes the IP address of a point-to-point neighbor. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. ip-address Specifies an IP address. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None.

  • Page 716: Configure Ospf Vlan Timer

    IGP Commands configure ospf vlan timer configure ospf vlan [<vlan-name> | all] timer <retransmit-interval> <transit-delay> <hello-interval> <dead-interval> {<wait-timer-interval>} Description Configures the OSPF wait interval for a VLAN or all VLANs. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. retransmit-interval Specifies the length of time that the router waits before retransmitting an LSA that is not acknowledged.
  • Page 717 configure ospf vlan timer Example The following command configures the OSPF wait interval on the VLAN accounting: configure ospf vlan accounting timer 10 15 20 60 60 History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 718: Configure Rip Add Vlan

    IGP Commands configure rip add vlan configure rip add vlan [<vlan-name> | all] Description Configures RIP on an IP interface. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all VLANs. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines When an IP interface is created, RIP configuration is disabled on the interface by default. When the RIP interface is disabled, the parameters are not reset to default automatically.

  • Page 719: Configure Rip Delete Vlan

    configure rip delete vlan configure rip delete vlan configure rip delete vlan [<vlan-name> | all] Description Disables RIP on an IP interface. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all VLANs. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines When an IP interface is created, RIP configuration is disabled on the interface by default. When the RIP interface is disabled by this command, the parameters are not reset to default automatically.

  • Page 720: Configure Rip Garbagetime

    IGP Commands configure rip garbagetime configure rip garbagetime {<seconds>} Description Configures the RIP garbage time. Syntax Description seconds Specifies a time in seconds. Default 120 seconds. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command configures the RIP garbage time to have a 60-second delay: configure rip garbagetime 60 History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 721: Configure Rip Import-Policy

    configure rip import-policy configure rip import-policy configure rip import-policy [<policy-name> | none] Description Associates or removes the policy applied to RIP routes added to the system routing table. Syntax Description policy-name Specifies the policy to apply. Default No policy. Usage Guidelines Use this command to associate a policy with the RIP routes installed into the system table.

  • Page 722: Configure Rip Routetimeout

    IGP Commands configure rip routetimeout configure rip routetimeout <seconds> Description Configures the route timeout period. Syntax Description seconds Specifies a time in seconds. Default 180 seconds. Usage Guidelines If a router does not receive an update message from its neighbor within the route timeout period (180 seconds by default), the router assumes the connection between it and its neighbor is no longer available.

  • Page 723: Configure Rip Vlan Rxmode

    configure rip vlan rxmode configure rip vlan rxmode configure rip [vlan <vlan-name> | all] rxmode [none | v1only | v2only | any] Description Changes the RIP receive mode for one or all VLANs. Syntax Description none Specifies to drop all received RIP packets. v1only Specifies to accept only RIP version 1 format packets.

  • Page 724: Configure Rip Vlan Txmode

    IGP Commands configure rip vlan txmode configure rip [vlan <vlan-name> | all] txmode [none | v1only | v1comp | v2only] Description Changes the RIP transmission mode for one or all VLANs. Syntax Description none Specifies to not transmit any packets on this interface. v1only Specifies to transmit RIP version 1 format packets to the broadcast address.

  • Page 725: Configure Rip Updatetime

    configure rip updatetime configure rip updatetime configure rip updatetime <seconds> Description Specifies the time interval in seconds within which RIP sends update packets. Syntax Description seconds Specifies a time in seconds. The range is 10 to 180. Default 30 seconds. Usage Guidelines The router exchanges an update message with each neighbor every 30 seconds (default value), or if there is a change to the overall routed topology (also called triggered updates).

  • Page 726: Configure Rip Vlan Cost

    IGP Commands configure rip vlan cost configure rip vlan [<vlan-name> | all] cost <cost> Description Configures the cost (metric) of the interface. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all VLANs. cost Specifies a cost metric. Default The default setting is 1. Usage Guidelines The specified interface cost is added to the cost of the route received through this interface.

  • Page 727: Configure Rip Vlan Route-Policy

    configure rip vlan route-policy configure rip vlan route-policy configure rip vlan [<vlan-name> | all] route-policy [in | out] [<policy-name> | none] Description Configures RIP to ignore certain routes received from its neighbor, or to suppress certain routes when performing route advertisements. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name.

  • Page 728: Configure Rip Vlan Trusted-Gateway

    IGP Commands configure rip vlan trusted-gateway configure rip [vlan <vlan-name> | all] trusted-gateway [<policy-name> | none] Description Configures a trusted neighbor policy to determine trusted RIP router neighbors for the VLAN on the switch running RIP. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all VLANs.

  • Page 729: Create Ospf Area

    create ospf area create ospf area create ospf area <area-identifier> Description Creates an OSPF area. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. Default Area 0.0.0.0 Usage Guidelines Area 0.0.0.0 does not need to be created. It exists by default. Example The following command creates an OSPF area: create ospf area 1.2.3.4 History...

  • Page 730: Delete Ospf Area

    IGP Commands delete ospf area delete ospf area [<area-identifier> | all] Description Deletes an OSPF area or all OSPF areas. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. Specifies all areas. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines An OSPF area cannot be deleted if it has an associated interface. Also, area 0.0.0.0 cannot be deleted. Example The following command deletes an OSPF area: delete ospf area 1.2.3.4...

  • Page 731: Disable Ospf

    disable ospf disable ospf disable ospf Description Disables the OSPF process for the router. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables the OSPF process for the router: disable ospf History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 732: Disable Ospf Capability Opaque-Lsa

    IGP Commands disable ospf capability opaque-lsa disable ospf capability opaque-lsa Description Disables opaque LSAs across the entire system. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Opaque LSAs are a generic OSPF mechanism used to carry auxiliary information in the OSPF database. Opaque LSAs are most commonly used to support OSPF traffic engineering.

  • Page 733: Disable Ospf Export

    disable ospf export disable ospf export disable ospf export [bgp | direct | e-bgp | i-bgp | rip | static] Description Disables redistribution of routes to OSPF. Syntax Description Specifies BGP routes. direct Specifies direct routes. i-bgp Specifies I-BGP routes. e-bgp Specifies E-BGP routes.

  • Page 734: Disable Ospf Originate-Default

    IGP Commands disable ospf originate-default disable ospf originate-default Description Disables the generation of a default external LSA. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables generating a default external LSA: disable ospf originate-default History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 735: Disable Ospf Use-Ip-Router-Alert

    disable ospf use-ip-router-alert disable ospf use-ip-router-alert disable ospf use-ip-router-alert Description Disables the router alert IP option in outgoing OSPF control packets. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables the OSPF router alert IP option: disable ospf use-ip-router-alert History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 736: Disable Rip

    IGP Commands disable rip disable rip Description Disables RIP for the whole router. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines RIP has a number of limitations that can cause problems in large networks, including: •...

  • Page 737: Disable Rip Aggregation

    disable rip aggregation disable rip aggregation disable rip aggregation Description Disables the RIP aggregation of subnet information on a RIP version 2 (RIPv2) router. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default RIP aggregation is disabled by default. Usage Guidelines The disable RIP aggregation command disables the RIP aggregation of subnet information on a switch configured to send RIPv2-compatible traffic.

  • Page 738: Disable Rip Export

    IGP Commands disable rip export disable rip export [bgp | direct | e-bgp | i-bgp | ospf | ospf-extern1 | ospf-extern2 | ospf-inter | ospf-intra | static] Description Disables RIP from redistributing routes from other routing protocols. Syntax Description static Specifies static routes.

  • Page 739: Disable Rip Originate-Default

    disable rip originate-default disable rip originate-default disable rip originate-default Description Disables the advertisement of a default route. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command unconfigures a default route to be advertised by RIP if no other default route is advertised: disable rip originate-default History...

  • Page 740: Disable Rip Poisonreverse

    IGP Commands disable rip poisonreverse disable rip poisonreverse Description Disables poison reverse algorithm for RIP. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Like split horizon, poison reverse is a scheme for eliminating the possibility of loops in the routed topology.

  • Page 741: Disable Rip Splithorizon

    disable rip splithorizon disable rip splithorizon disable rip splithorizon Description Disables the split horizon algorithm for RIP. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Split horizon is a scheme for avoiding problems caused by including routes in updates sent to the router from which the route was learned.

  • Page 742: Disable Rip Triggerupdate

    IGP Commands disable rip triggerupdate disable rip triggerupdate Description Disables the trigger update mechanism. Triggered updates are a mechanism for immediately notifying a router’s neighbors when the router adds or deletes routes or changes their metric. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled.

  • Page 743: Disable Rip Use-Ip-Router-Alert

    disable rip use-ip-router-alert disable rip use-ip-router-alert disable rip use-ip-router-alert Description Disables router alert IP option in outgoing RIP control packets. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables the RIP router alert IP option: disable rip use-ip-router-alert History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 744: Enable Ospf

    IGP Commands enable ospf enable ospf Description Enables the OSPF process for the router. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables the OSPF process for the router: enable ospf History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 745: Enable Ospf Capability Opaque-Lsa

    enable ospf capability opaque-lsa enable ospf capability opaque-lsa enable ospf capability opaque-lsa Description Enables opaque LSAs across the entire system. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Opaque LSAs are a generic OSPF mechanism used to carry auxiliary information in the OSPF database. Opaque LSAs are most commonly used to support OSPF traffic engineering.

  • Page 746: Enable Ospf Export

    IGP Commands enable ospf export enable ospf export [bgp | direct | e-bgp | i-bgp | rip | static] [cost <cost> type [ase-type-1 | ase-type-2] {tag <number>} | <policy-map>] Description Enables redistribution of routes to OSPF. Syntax Description Specifies BGP routes. i-bgp Specifies I-BGP routes.

  • Page 747: Enable Ospf Originate-Default

    enable ospf originate-default enable ospf originate-default enable ospf originate-default {always} cost <cost> type [ase-type-1 | ase-type-2] {tag <number>} Description Enables a default external LSA to be generated by OSPF, if no other default route is originated by OSPF by way of RIP and static route re-distribution. Syntax Description always Specifies for OSPF to always advertise the default route.

  • Page 748: Enable Ospf Use-Ip-Router-Alert

    IGP Commands enable ospf use-ip-router-alert enable ospf use-ip-router-alert Description Enables the generation of the OSPF router alert IP option. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables the OSPF router alert IP option: enable ospf use-ip-router-alert History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 749: Enable Rip

    enable rip enable rip enable rip Description Enables RIP for the whole router. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines RIP has a number of limitations that can cause problems in large networks, including: •...

  • Page 750: Enable Rip Aggregation

    IGP Commands enable rip aggregation enable rip aggregation Description Enables the RIP aggregation of subnet information on a RIP version 2 (RIPv2) interface. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines The enable (disable) rip aggregation command enables (disables) the RIP aggregation of subnet information on an interface configured to send RIPv1 or RIPv2-compatible traffic.

  • Page 751: Enable Rip Export

    enable rip export enable rip export enable rip export [bgp | direct | e-bgp | i-bgp | ospf | ospf-extern1 | ospf-extern2 | ospf-inter | ospf-intra | static] [cost <number> {tag <number>} | policy <policy-name>] Description Enables RIP to redistribute routes from other routing functions. Syntax Description Specifies BGP routes.
  • Page 752 IGP Commands History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 753: Enable Rip Originate-Default Cost

    enable rip originate-default cost enable rip originate-default cost enable rip originate-default {always} cost <number> {tag<number>} Description Configures a default route to be advertised by RIP. Syntax Description always Specifies to always advertise the default route. cost <number> Specifies a cost metric. The range is 1 - 15. tag <number>...

  • Page 754: Enable Rip Poisonreverse

    IGP Commands enable rip poisonreverse enable rip poisonreverse Description Enables poison reverse algorithm for RIP. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Like split horizon, poison reverse is a scheme for eliminating the possibility of loops in the routed topology.

  • Page 755: Enable Rip Splithorizon

    enable rip splithorizon enable rip splithorizon enable rip splithorizon Description Enables the split horizon algorithm for RIP. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Split horizon is a scheme for avoiding problems caused by including routes in updates sent to the router from which the route was learned.

  • Page 756: Enable Rip Triggerupdate

    IGP Commands enable rip triggerupdate enable rip triggerupdate Description Enables the trigger update mechanism. Triggered updates are a mechanism for immediately notifying a router’s neighbors when the router adds or deletes routes or changes their metric. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled.

  • Page 757: Enable Rip Use-Ip-Router-Alert

    enable rip use-ip-router-alert enable rip use-ip-router-alert enable rip use-ip-router-alert Description Enables the router alert IP option in the outgoing RIP control packets. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables the RIP router alert IP option: enable rip use-ip-router-alert History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 758: Show Ospf

    IGP Commands show ospf show ospf Description Displays global OSPF information. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays global OSPF information: show ospf History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 759: Show Ospf Area

    show ospf area show ospf area show ospf area {<area-identifier>} Description Displays information about OSPF areas. Syntax Description area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays information about OSPF area 1.2.3.4: show ospf area 1.2.3.4 History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 760: Show Ospf Area Detail

    IGP Commands show ospf area detail show ospf area detail Description Displays information about all OSPF areas. Syntax Description detail Specifies to display the information in detailed format. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays information about all OSPF areas: show ospf area detail History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 761: Show Ospf Ase-Summary

    show ospf ase-summary show ospf ase-summary show ospf ase-summary Description Displays the OSPF external route aggregation configuration. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays the OSPF external route aggregation configuration: show ospf ase-summary History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 762: Show Ospf Interfaces Detail

    IGP Commands show ospf interfaces detail show ospf interfaces detail Description Displays detailed information about all OSPF interfaces. Syntax Description detail Specifies to display the information in detailed format. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays information about all OSPF interfaces: show ospf interfaces detail History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 763: Show Ospf Interfaces

    show ospf interfaces show ospf interfaces show ospf interfaces {vlan <vlan-name> | area <area-identifier>} Description Displays information about one or all OSPF interfaces. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. Default If no argument is specified, all OSPF interfaces are displayed. Usage Guidelines None.

  • Page 764: Show Ospf Lsdb

    IGP Commands show ospf lsdb show ospf lsdb {detail | stats} {area [<area-identifier> | all]} {{lstype} [<lstype> | all]} {lsid <lsid-address>{<lsid-mask>}} {routerid <routerid-address> {<routerid-mask>}} {interface[[<ip-address>{<ip-mask>} | <ipNetmask>] | vlan <vlan-name>]} Description Displays a table of the current Link-State Database (LSDB). Syntax Description detail Specifies to display all fields of matching LSAs in a multi-line format.
  • Page 765 show ospf lsdb History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 766: Show Ospf Memory

    IGP Commands show ospf memory show ospf memory {detail | <memoryType} Description Displays OSPF specific memory usage. Syntax Description detail Displays detail information. memoryType Specifies the memory type usage to display. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays OSPF specific memory for all types: show ospf routes memory detail History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 767: Show Ospf Neighbor

    show ospf neighbor show ospf neighbor show ospf neighbor {routerid [<ip-address> {<ip-mask>} | <ipNetmask>]} {vlan <vlan-name>} {detail} Description Displays information about an OSPF neighbor. Syntax Description ip-address Specifies an IP address ip-mask Specifies a subnet mask. ipNetmask Specifies IP address / Netmask vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name.

  • Page 768: Show Ospf Virtual-Link

    IGP Commands show ospf virtual-link show ospf virtual-link {<router-identifier> <area-identifier>} Description Displays virtual link information about a particular router or all routers. Syntax Description router-identifier Specifies a router interface number. area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines area-identifier—Transit area used for connecting the two end-points. The transit area cannot have an area identifier of 0.0.0.0 and cannot be a stub or NSSA area.

  • Page 769: Show Rip

    show rip show rip show rip Description Displays RIP specific configuration. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays RIP specific configuration: show rip History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 770: Show Rip Interface

    IGP Commands show rip interface show rip interface {detail} Description Displays RIP-specific configuration and statistics for all VLANs. Syntax Description detail Specifies detailed display. Default Show summary output for all interfaces. Usage Guidelines Summary includes the following information per interface: •...
  • Page 771 show rip interface • packets transmitted • sent triggered updates • packets received • bad packets received • bad routes received Example The following command displays the RIP configuration for all VLANS: show rip interface The following command displays RIP-specific statistics for all VLANs: show rip interface detail History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 772: Show Rip Interface Vlan

    IGP Commands show rip interface vlan show rip interface vlan <vlan-name> Description Displays RIP specific statistics and configuration for a VLAN in detail. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays RIP specific statistics for the VLAN accounting: show rip interface accounting History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 773: Show Rip Memory

    show rip memory show rip memory show rip memory {detail | <memoryType} Description Displays RIP specific memory usage. Syntax Description detail Displays detail information. memoryType Specifies the memory type usage to display. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays RIP specific memory for all types: show rip memory detail History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 774: Show Rip Routes

    IGP Commands show rip routes show rip routes {detail} {network <ripNetworkPrefix>} Description Displays routes advertised by RIP. Syntax Description detail Displays all available information from the RIP routing table. ripNetworkPrefix Specifies the route prefix for the routes to show. Default N/A.

  • Page 775: Unconfigure Ospf

    unconfigure ospf unconfigure ospf unconfigure ospf {vlan <vlan-name> | area <area-identifier>} Description Resets one or all OSPF interfaces to the default settings. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. area-identifier Specifies an OSPF area. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command resets the OSPF interface to the default settings on the VLAN accounting: unconfigure ospf accounting History...

  • Page 776: Unconfigure Rip

    IGP Commands unconfigure rip unconfigure rip {vlan <vlan-name> | all} Description Resets all RIP parameters to the default for all VLANs or for the specified VLAN. Syntax Description vlan-name Specifies a VLAN name. Default All. Usage Guidelines Does not change the enable/disable state of the RIP settings. Example The following command resets the RIP configuration to the default for the VLAN finance: unconfigure rip finance...

  • Page 777: Bgp Commands

    BGP Commands Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) is an exterior routing protocol that was developed for use in TCP/IP networks. The primary function of BGP is to allow different autonomous systems (ASs) to exchange network reachability information. An autonomous system is a set of routers that are under a single technical administration. This set of routers uses a different routing protocol (such as OSPF) for intra-AS routing.

  • Page 778: Bgp Communities

    BGP Commands BGP Communities A BGP community is a group of BGP destinations that require common handling. ExtremeWare XOS supports the following well-known BGP community attributes: • no-export • no-advertise • no-export-subconfed BGP Features This section lists BGP features supported by ExtremeWare XOS: •...

  • Page 779: Clear Bgp Neighbor Counters

    clear bgp neighbor counters clear bgp neighbor counters clear bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] counters Description Resets the BGP counters for one or all BGP neighbor sessions to zero. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies the IP address of a specific BGP neighbor. Specifies that counters for all BGP neighbors should be reset.

  • Page 780: Clear Bgp Flap-Statistics

    BGP Commands clear bgp flap-statistics clear bgp {neighbor} <remoteaddr> {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} flap-statistics [all | as-path <path expression> | community [no-advertise | no-export | no-export-subconfed | number <community_num> | <AS_Num>:<Num>] | network [any / <netMaskLen> | <networkPrefixFilter>] {exact}] Description Clears flap statistics for routes to specified neighbors.
  • Page 781 clear bgp flap-statistics History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. options were added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 any / <netMaskLen> ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 782: Configure Bgp Add Aggregate-Address

    BGP Commands configure bgp add aggregate-address configure aggregate-address {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} <ipaddress> {as-match | as-set} {summary-only} {advertise-policy <policy>} {attribute-policy <policy>} Description Configures a BGP aggregate route. Syntax Description address-family The address family. BGP supports two address families: IPv4 Unicast and IPv4 Multicast.
  • Page 783 configure bgp add aggregate-address History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 784: Configure Bgp Add Confederation-Peer Sub-As-Number

    BGP Commands configure bgp add confederation-peer sub-AS-number configure bgp add confederation-peer sub-AS-number <number> Description Adds a sub-AS to a confederation. Syntax Description number Specifies a sub-AS number. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Invoke this command multiple times to add multiple sub-ASs. IBGP requires networks to use a fully-meshed router configuration.

  • Page 785: Configure Bgp Add Network

    configure bgp add network configure bgp add network configure bgp add network {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} <ipaddr>/<mask_len> {network-policy <policy>} Description Adds a network to be originated from this router. Syntax Description address-family The address family to which the network routes will be exported. BGP supports two address families: IPv4 Unicast and IPv4 Multicast.

  • Page 786: Configure Bgp As-Number

    BGP Commands configure bgp AS-number configure bgp AS-number <number> Description Changes the local AS number used by BGP. Syntax Description number Specifies a local AS number. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines BGP must be disabled before the AS number can be changed. Example The following command changes the local AS number used by BGP: configure bgp AS-number 65001...

  • Page 787: Configure Bgp Cluster-Id

    Usage Guidelines Used when multiple route reflectors are used within the same cluster of clients. Extreme Networks recommends disabling BGP before configuring the cluster ID. Example The following command appends a BGP route reflector cluster ID to the cluster list of a route:...

  • Page 788: Configure Bgp Confederation-Id

    BGP Commands configure bgp confederation-id configure bgp confederation-id <number> Description Specifies a BGP routing confederation ID. Syntax Description confederation-id Specifies a routing confederation identifier. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines IBGP requires that networks use a fully-meshed router configuration. This requirement does not scale well, especially when BGP is used as an interior gateway protocol.

  • Page 789: Configure Bgp Delete Aggregate-Address

    configure bgp delete aggregate-address configure bgp delete aggregate-address configure bgp delete aggregate-address {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} [<ip address/masklength> | all] Description Deletes one or all BGP aggregated route. Syntax Description address-family The address family. BGP supports two address families: IPv4 Unicast and IPv4 Multicast.

  • Page 790: Configure Bgp Delete Confederation-Peer Sub-As-Number

    BGP Commands configure bgp delete confederation-peer sub-AS-number configure bgp delete confederation-peer sub-AS-number <number> Description Specifies a sub-AS that should be deleted from a confederation. Syntax Description sub-AS-number Specifies a sub-AS. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines IBGP requires that networks use a fully-meshed router configuration. This requirement does not scale well, especially when BGP is used as an interior gateway protocol.

  • Page 791: Configure Bgp Delete Network

    configure bgp delete network configure bgp delete network configure bgp delete network {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} [all | <ipaddress>] Description Deletes a network to be originated from this router. Syntax Description address-family The address family to which the network routes will be exported. BGP supports two address families: IPv4 Unicast and IPv4 Multicast.

  • Page 792: Configure Bgp Export Shutdown-Priority

    BGP Commands configure bgp export shutdown-priority configure bgp export [direct | ospf | ospf-extern1 | ospf-extern2 | ospf-inter | ospf-intra | rip | static] {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} shutdown-priority <number> Description Configures the shutdown priority for IGP export. Syntax Description direct Specifies direct routing.

  • Page 793: Configure Bgp Import-Policy

    configure bgp import-policy configure bgp import-policy configure bgp import-policy [<policy-name> | none] Description Configures the import policy for BGP. Syntax Description policy-name Specifies the policy. none Specifies no policy. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use the none keyword to remove a BGP import policy. An import policy is used to modify route attributes while adding BGP routes to the IP route table.

  • Page 794: Configure Bgp Local-Preference

    BGP Commands configure bgp local-preference configure bgp local-preference <number> Description Changes the default local preference attribute. Syntax Description number Specifies a value used to advertise this router’s degree of preference to other routers within the AS. Default 100. Usage Guidelines The range is 0 to 2,147,483,647.

  • Page 795: Configure Bgp Med

    configure bgp med configure bgp med configure bgp med [none | <bgp_med>] Description Configures the metric to be included in the Multi-Exit-Discriminator (MED) path attribute. The MED path attribute is included in route updates sent to external peers if a value is configured. Syntax Description none Specifies not to use a multi-exist-discriminator number.

  • Page 796: Configure Bgp Neighbor Dampening

    BGP Commands configure bgp neighbor dampening configure bgp neighbor [all | <remoteaddr>] {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} dampening {{half-life <half-life-minutes> {reuse-limit <reuse-limit-number> suppress-limit <suppress-limit-number> max-suppress <max-suppress-minutes>} | policy-filter [<policy-name> | none]} Description Configures route flap dampening over BGP peer sessions. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor.
  • Page 797 configure bgp neighbor dampening Example The following command configures route flap dampening to the BGP neighbor at 192.168.1.22 to the default values: configure bgp neighbor 192.168.1.22 dampening History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 798: Configure Bgp Neighbor Description

    BGP Commands configure bgp neighbor description configure bgp neighbor [all | <remoteaddr>] description {<description>} Description Configures a description for a BGP neighbor. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor. Specifies all neighbors. description Specifies a string used to describe the neighbor. Default The description is a NULL string by default.

  • Page 799: Configure Bgp Neighbor Maximum-Prefix

    configure bgp neighbor maximum-prefix configure bgp neighbor maximum-prefix configure bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} maximum-prefix <number> {{threshold <percent>} {teardown {holddown-interval <seconds>}} {send-traps} Description Configures the maximum number of IP prefixes accepted from a BGP neighbor. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor.
  • Page 800 BGP Commands Example The following command configures the maximum number of IP prefixes accepted from all neighbors to 5000, sets the threshold for warning messages to 60%, and specifies SNMP traps: configure bgp neighbor all maximum-prefix 5000 threshold 60 send-traps History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 801: Configure Bgp Neighbor Next-Hop-Self

    configure bgp neighbor next-hop-self configure bgp neighbor next-hop-self configure bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} [next-hop-self | no-next-hop-self] Description Configures the next hop address used in the outgoing updates to be the address of the BGP connection originating the update.

  • Page 802: Configure Bgp Neighbor No-Dampening

    BGP Commands configure bgp neighbor no-dampening configure bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} no-dampening Description Configures no route flap dampening over BGP peer sessions (disables route flap dampening). Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor. Specifies all neighbors.

  • Page 803: Configure Bgp Neighbor Password

    configure bgp neighbor password configure bgp neighbor password configure bgp neighbor [all | <remoteaddr>] password [none | <tcpPassword>] Description Configures an MD5 secret password for a neighbor. Syntax Description Specifies all neighbors. remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor. none Specifies not to use a password tcpPassword...

  • Page 804: Configure Bgp Neighbor Peer-Group

    BGP Commands configure bgp neighbor peer-group configure bgp neighbor [all | <remoteaddr>] peer-group [<peer-group-name> | none] {acquire-all} Description Configures an existing neighbor as the member of a peer group. Syntax Description Specifies all neighbors. remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor. peer-group-name Specifies a peer group name.

  • Page 805: Configure Bgp Neighbor Route-Policy

    configure bgp neighbor route-policy configure bgp neighbor route-policy configure bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} route-policy [in | out] [none | <policy>] Description Configures a route map filter for a neighbor. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address. Specifies all neighbors.

  • Page 806: Configure Bgp Neighbor Route-Reflector-Client

    BGP Commands configure bgp neighbor route-reflector-client configure bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] [route-reflector-client | no-route-reflector-client] Description Configures a BGP neighbor to be a route reflector client. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor. Specifies all neighbors. route-reflector-client Specifies for the BGP neighbor to be a route reflector client.

  • Page 807: Configure Bgp Neighbor Send-Community

    configure bgp neighbor send-community configure bgp neighbor send-community configure bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} [send-community | dont-send-community] Description Configures whether the community path attribute associated with a BGP NLRI should be included in the route updates sent to the BGP neighbor. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor.

  • Page 808: Configure Bgp Neighbor Shutdown-Priority

    BGP Commands configure bgp neighbor shutdown-priority configure bgp neighbor [all | <remoteaddr>] shutdown-priority <number> Description Configures the shutdown priority for a BGP neighbor. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor. number Specifies the shutdown priority. The range is 0 - 65,535. Default The default value is 1024.

  • Page 809: Configure Bgp Neighbor Soft-Reset

    configure bgp neighbor soft-reset configure bgp neighbor soft-reset configure bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} soft-reset {in | out} Description Applies the current input or output routing policy to the routing information already exchanged with the neighbor. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor.

  • Page 810: Configure Bgp Neighbor Source-Interface

    BGP Commands configure bgp neighbor source-interface configure bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] source-interface [any | ipaddress <ipAddr>] Description Changes the BGP source interface for TCP connections. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of the BGP neighbor. Specifies all neighbors. Specifies any source interface.

  • Page 811: Configure Bgp Neighbor Timer

    configure bgp neighbor timer configure bgp neighbor timer configure bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] timer keep-alive <keepalive> hold-time <holdtime> Description Configures the BGP neighbor timers. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address. Specifies all neighbors. keepalive Specifies a BGP neighbor timer keepalive time in seconds. The range is 0 to 21,845 seconds.

  • Page 812: Configure Bgp Neighbor Weight

    BGP Commands configure bgp neighbor weight configure bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] weight <weight> Description Assigns a locally-used weight to a neighbor connection for the route selection algorithm. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of the BGP neighbor. Specifies all neighbors. weight Specifies a BGP neighbor weight.

  • Page 813: Configure Bgp Peer-Group Dampening

    configure bgp peer-group dampening configure bgp peer-group dampening configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} dampening {{half-life <half-life-minutes> {reuse-limit <reuse-limit-number> supress-limit <suppress-limit-number> max-suppress <max-suppress-minutes>}} | policy-filter [<policy-name> | none]} Description Configures route flap dampening for a BGP peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group...
  • Page 814 BGP Commands Example The following command configures route flap dampening for the BGP peer group outer: configure bgp peer-group outer dampening History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 815: Configure Bgp Peer-Group Maximum-Prefix

    configure bgp peer-group maximum-prefix configure bgp peer-group maximum-prefix configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} maximum-prefix <number> {{threshold <percent>} {teardown {holddown-interval <seconds>}} {send-traps} Description Configures the maximum number of IP prefixes accepted for all neighbors in the peer group. Syntax Description name Specifies a peer group.
  • Page 816 BGP Commands History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 817: Configure Bgp Peer-Group Next-Hop-Self

    configure bgp peer-group next-hop-self configure bgp peer-group next-hop-self configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} [next-hop-self | no-next-hop-self] Description Configures the next hop address used in the updates to be the address of the BGP connection originating the update. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group.

  • Page 818: Configure Bgp Peer-Group No-Dampening

    BGP Commands configure bgp peer-group no-dampening configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> no-dampening Description Configures no route flap dampening for a BGP peer group (disables route flap dampening). Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a BGP peer group. Default This feature is disabled by default. Usage Guidelines Use the following command to enable route flap dampening for a BGP peer-group: configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name>...

  • Page 819: Configure Bgp Peer-Group Route-Reflector-Client

    configure bgp peer-group route-reflector-client configure bgp peer-group route-reflector-client configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> [route-reflector-client | no-route-reflector-client] Description Configures all the peers in a peer group to be a route reflector client. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. route-reflector-client Specifies that all the neighbors in the peer group be a route reflector client. no-route-reflector-client Specifies that all the neighbors in the peer group not be a route reflector client.

  • Page 820: Configure Bgp Peer-Group Send-Community

    BGP Commands configure bgp peer-group send-community configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} [send-community | dont-send-community] Description Configures whether communities should be sent to neighbors as part of route updates. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. address-family The address family. BGP supports two address families: IPv4 Unicast and IPv4 Multicast send-community Specifies that communities are sent to neighbors as part of route updates.

  • Page 821: Configure Bgp Peer-Group Password

    configure bgp peer-group password configure bgp peer-group password configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> password [none | <tcpPassword>] Description Configures the TCP MD5 secret password for a peer group and all neighbors of the peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. none Specifies no password.

  • Page 822: Configure Bgp Peer-Group Remote-As-Number

    BGP Commands configure bgp peer-group remote-AS-number configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> remote-AS-number <number> Description Configures the remote AS number for a peer group and all the neighbors of the peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. number Specifies a remote AS number. Default N/A.

  • Page 823: Configure Bgp Peer-Group Route-Policy

    configure bgp peer-group route-policy configure bgp peer-group route-policy configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> route-policy [in | out] [none | <policy>] Description Configures the policy for a peer group and all the neighbors of the peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. Specifies to install the policy on the input side.

  • Page 824: Configure Bgp Peer-Group Soft-Reset

    BGP Commands configure bgp peer-group soft-reset configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> soft-reset {in | out} Description Applies the current input/output routing policy to the neighbors in the peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. Specifies to apply the input routing policy. Specifies to apply the output routing policy.

  • Page 825: Configure Bgp Peer-Group Source-Interface

    configure bgp peer-group source-interface configure bgp peer-group source-interface configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> source-interface [any | ipaddress <ipAddr>] Description Configures the source interface for a peer group and all the neighbors of the peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. Specifies any source interface.

  • Page 826: Configure Bgp Peer-Group Timer

    BGP Commands configure bgp peer-group timer configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> timer keep-alive <seconds> hold-time <seconds> Description Configures the keepalive timer and hold timer values for a peer group and all the neighbors of the peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. keep-alive <seconds>...

  • Page 827: Configure Bgp Peer-Group Weight

    configure bgp peer-group weight configure bgp peer-group weight configure bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> weight <number> Description Configures the weight for the peer group and all the neighbors of the peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. number Specifies a BGP peer group weight. Range is 0 to 65535. Default N/A.

  • Page 828: Configure Bgp Routerid

    BGP Commands configure bgp routerid configure bgp routerid <router identifier> Description Changes the router identifier. Syntax Description router identifier Specifies a router identifier. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines BGP must be disabled before changing the router ID. BGP selects routes based on the following precedence (from highest to lowest): •...

  • Page 829: Configure Bgp Soft-Reconfiguration

    configure bgp soft-reconfiguration configure bgp soft-reconfiguration configure bgp soft-reconfiguration Description Immediately applies the route policy associated with the network command, aggregation, import, and redistribution. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines This command does not affect the switch configuration. Example The following command applies the route policy associated with the network command, aggregation, import, and redistribution:...

  • Page 830: Create Bgp Neighbor Peer-Group

    BGP Commands create bgp neighbor peer-group create bgp neighbor <remoteaddr> peer-group <peer-group-name> {multi-hop} Description Creates a new neighbor and makes it part of the peer group. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of the BGP neighbor. peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. multi-hop Specifies to allow connections to EBGP peers that are not directly connected.

  • Page 831: Create Bgp Neighbor Remote-As-Number

    create bgp neighbor remote-AS-number create bgp neighbor remote-AS-number create bgp neighbor <remoteaddr> remote-AS-number <number> {multi-hop} Description Creates a new BGP peer. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of the BGP neighbor. number Specifies a remote AS number. multi-hop Specifies to allow connections to EBGP peers that are not directly connected. Default N/A.

  • Page 832: Create Bgp Peer-Group

    BGP Commands create bgp peer-group create bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> Description Creates a new peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines You can use BGP peer groups to group together up to 512 BGP neighbors. All neighbors within the peer group inherit the parameters of the BGP peer group.

  • Page 833: Delete Bgp Neighbor

    delete bgp neighbor delete bgp neighbor delete bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] Description Deletes one or all BGP neighbors. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies the IP address of the BGP neighbor to be deleted. Specifies all neighbors. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to delete one or all BGP neighbors.

  • Page 834: Delete Bgp Peer-Group

    BGP Commands delete bgp peer-group delete bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> Description Deletes a peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to delete a specific BGP peer group. Example The following command deletes the peer group named external: delete bgp peer-group outer History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 835: Disable Bgp

    disable bgp disable bgp disable bgp Description Disables BGP. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines Use this command to disable BGP on the router. Example The following command disables BGP: disable bgp History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 836: Disable Bgp Aggregation

    BGP Commands disable bgp aggregation disable bgp aggregation Description Disables BGP route aggregation. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines Route aggregation is the process of combining the characteristics of several routes so that they are advertised as a single route.

  • Page 837: Disable Bgp Always-Compare-Med

    disable bgp always-compare-med disable bgp always-compare-med disable bgp always-compare-med Description Disables BGP from comparing Multi Exit Discriminators (MEDs) for paths from neighbors in different Autonomous Systems (AS). Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default ExtremeWare XOS does not compare MEDs for paths from neighbors in different AS. Usage Guidelines The MED is one of the parameters that is considered when selecting the best path among many alternative paths.

  • Page 838: Disable Bgp Community Format

    BGP Commands disable bgp community format disable bgp community format AS-number : number Description Disables the AS-number:number format of display for communities in the output of show and upload commands. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled.

  • Page 839: Disable Bgp Export

    disable bgp export disable bgp export disable bgp export [direct | ospf | ospf-extern1 | ospf-extern2 | ospf-inter | ospf-intra | rip | static] {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} Description Disables BGP from exporting routes from other protocols to BGP peers. Syntax Description direct Specifies direct routing.
  • Page 840 BGP Commands Example The following command disables BGP from exporting routes from the OSPF protocol to BGP peers: disable bgp export ospf History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 841: Disable Bgp Neighbor

    disable bgp neighbor disable bgp neighbor disable bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] Description Disables the BGP session. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of the BGP neighbor. Specifies all neighbors. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines After the session has been disabled, all the information in the route information base (RIB) for the neighbor is flushed.

  • Page 842: Disable Bgp Neighbor Capability

    BGP Commands disable bgp neighbor capability disable bgp neighbor [all | <remoteaddr>] capability [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast | route-refresh] Description This command disables BGP Multiprotocol (MP) and route-refresh capabilities for neighbor. Syntax Description Specifies all neighbors. remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of the BGP neighbor. ipv4-unicast Specifies BGP MP unicast capabilities.

  • Page 843: Disable Bgp Neighbor Remove-Private-As-Numbers

    disable bgp neighbor remove-private-AS-numbers disable bgp neighbor remove-private-AS-numbers disable bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] remove-private-AS-numbers Description Disables the removal of private AS numbers from the AS path in route updates sent to EBGP peers. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address. Specifies all neighbors.

  • Page 844: Disable Bgp Neighbor Soft-In-Reset

    BGP Commands disable bgp neighbor soft-in-reset disable bgp neighbor [all | <remoteaddr>] {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} soft-in-reset Description Disables the soft input reset feature. Syntax Description Specifies all neighbors. remoteaddr Specifies an IP address. address-family The address family. BGP supports two address families: IPv4 Unicast and IPv4 Multicast.

  • Page 845: Disable Bgp Neighbor Use-Ip-Router-Alert

    disable bgp neighbor use-ip-router-alert disable bgp neighbor use-ip-router-alert disable bgp neighbor [all | <remoteaddr>] use-ip-router-alert Description Disables the router alert IP option in outgoing BGP messages to the specified neighbor. Syntax Description Specifies all neighbors. remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of the BGP neighbor. Default Disabled.

  • Page 846: Disable Bgp Peer-Group

    BGP Commands disable bgp peer-group disable bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> Description Disables a BGP peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables the BGP peer group outer: disable bgp peer-group outer History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 847: Disable Bgp Peer-Group Capability

    disable bgp peer-group capability disable bgp peer-group capability disable bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> capability [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast | route-refresh] Description Disables BGP Multiprotocol (MP) and route-refresh capabilities for a peer-group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. ipv4-unicast Specifies BGP MP unicast capabilities. ipv4-multicast Specifies BGP MP multicast capabilities.

  • Page 848: Disable Bgp Peer-Group Remove-Private-As-Numbers

    BGP Commands disable bgp peer-group remove-private-AS-numbers disable bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> remove-private-AS-numbers Description Disables the removal of private autonomous system (AS) numbers from the AS_Path attribute of outbound updates. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables the BGP peer group outer from removing private AS numbers: disable bgp peer-group outer remove-private-AS-numbers...

  • Page 849: Disable Bgp Peer-Group Soft-In-Reset

    disable bgp peer-group soft-in-reset disable bgp peer-group soft-in-reset disable bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} soft-in-reset Description Disables the soft input reset feature. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. address-family The address family. BGP supports two address families: IPv4 Unicast and IPv4 Multicast.

  • Page 850: Disable Bgp Peer-Group Use-Ip-Router-Alert

    BGP Commands disable bgp peer-group use-ip-router-alert disable bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> use-ip-router-alert Description Disables the router alert IP option in outgoing BGP messages to the specified peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables the feature for the peer group outer: disable bgp peer-group outer use-ip-router-alert History...

  • Page 851: Enable Bgp

    enable bgp enable bgp enable bgp Description Enables BGP. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines This command enables the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) on the router. Before invoking this command, the local AS number and BGP router ID must be configured. Example The following command enables BGP: enable bgp...

  • Page 852: Enable Bgp Aggregation

    BGP Commands enable bgp aggregation enable bgp aggregation Description Enables BGP route aggregation. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines Route aggregation is the process of combining the characteristics of several routes so that they are advertised as a single route.

  • Page 853: Enable Bgp Always-Compare-Med

    enable bgp always-compare-med enable bgp always-compare-med enable bgp always-compare-med Description Enables BGP to use the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) from neighbors in different autonomous systems (ASs) in the route selection algorithm. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled.

  • Page 854: Enable Bgp Community Format

    BGP Commands enable bgp community format enable bgp community format AS-number : number Description Enables the as-number:number format of display for the communities in the output of show commands. upload Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled.

  • Page 855: Enable Bgp Export

    enable bgp export enable bgp export enable bgp export [direct | ospf | ospf-extern1 | ospf-extern2 | ospf-inter | ospf-intra | rip | static] {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} {export-policy <policy-name>} Description Enables BGP to export routes from other protocols to BGP peers. Syntax Description direct Specifies direct routing.
  • Page 856 BGP Commands Example The following command enables BGP to export routes from the OSPF protocol to BGP peers: enable bgp export ospf History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 857: Enable Bgp Neighbor

    enable bgp neighbor enable bgp neighbor enable bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] Description Enables the BGP session. The neighbor must be created before the BGP neighbor session can be enabled. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor. Specifies all neighbors.

  • Page 858: Enable Bgp Neighbor Capability

    BGP Commands enable bgp neighbor capability enable bgp neighbor [all | <remoteaddr>] capability [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast | route-refresh] Description This command enables BGP Multiprotocol (MP) and route-refresh capabilities for neighbor. Syntax Description Specifies all neighbors. remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor. ipv4-unicast Specifies BGP MP unicast capabilities.

  • Page 859: Enable Bgp Neighbor Remove-Private-As-Numbers

    enable bgp neighbor remove-private-AS-numbers enable bgp neighbor remove-private-AS-numbers enable bgp neighbor [<remoteaddr> | all] remove-private-AS-numbers Description Enables the removal of private AS numbers from the AS path in route updates sent to EBGP peers. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor. Specifies all neighbors.

  • Page 860: Enable Bgp Neighbor Soft-In-Reset

    BGP Commands enable bgp neighbor soft-in-reset enable bgp neighbor [all | <remoteaddr>] {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} soft-in-reset Description Enables the soft input reset feature. Syntax Description Specifies all neighbors. remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor. address-family The address family. BGP supports two address families: IPv4 Unicast and IPv4 Multicast.

  • Page 861: Enable Bgp Neighbor Use-Ip-Router-Alert

    enable bgp neighbor use-ip-router-alert enable bgp neighbor use-ip-router-alert enable bgp neighbor [all | <remoteaddr>] use-ip-router-alert Description Enables the router alert IP option in outgoing BGP messages to the specified neighbor. Syntax Description Specifies all neighbors. remoteaddr Specifies an IP address of a BGP neighbor. Default Disabled.

  • Page 862: Enable Bgp Peer-Group

    BGP Commands enable bgp peer-group enable bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> Description Enables a peer group and all the neighbors of a peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines You can use BGP peer groups to group together up to 200 BGP neighbors. All neighbors within the peer group inherit the parameters of the BGP peer group.

  • Page 863: Enable Bgp Peer-Group Capability

    enable bgp peer-group capability enable bgp peer-group capability enable bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> capability [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast | route-refresh] Description This command enables BGP Multiprotocol (MP) and route-refresh capabilities for a peer-group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. ipv4-unicast Specifies BGP MP unicast capabilities. ipv4-multicast Specifies BGP MP multicast capabilities.

  • Page 864: Enable Bgp Peer-Group Remove-Private-As-Numbers

    BGP Commands enable bgp peer-group remove-private-AS-numbers enable bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> remove-private-AS-numbers Description Enables the removal of private autonomous system (AS) numbers from the AS_Path attribute of outbound updates. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables the BGP peer group outer from removing private AS numbers: enable bgp peer-group outer remove-private-AS-numbers...

  • Page 865: Enable Bgp Peer-Group Soft-In-Reset

    enable bgp peer-group soft-in-reset enable bgp peer-group soft-in-reset enable bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} soft-in-reset Description Enables the soft input reset feature. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. address-family The address family. BGP supports two address families: IPv4 Unicast and IPv4 Multicast.

  • Page 866: Enable Bgp Peer-Group Use-Ip-Router-Alert

    BGP Commands enable bgp peer-group use-ip-router-alert enable bgp peer-group <peer-group-name> use-ip-router-alert Description Enables the router alert IP option in outgoing BGP messages to the specified peer group. Syntax Description peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables the feature for the peer group outer: enable bgp peer-group outer use-ip-router-alert History...

  • Page 867: Show Bgp

    show bgp show bgp show bgp Description Displays BGP configuration information. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Displays information such as AS number, router ID, local preference, sync flag, route reflection, cluster ID, confederation ID, and AS redistributed networks. Example The following command displays BGP configuration information: show bgp...

  • Page 868: Show Bgp Neighbor

    BGP Commands show bgp neighbor show bgp [neighbor {detail} | neighbor <remoteaddr>] Description Displays information about a specified neighbor. Syntax Description remoteaddr Specifies an IP address that identifies a BGP neighbor. detail Specifies to display the information in detailed format. Default N/A.

  • Page 869: Show Bgp Neighbor Routes

    show bgp neighbor routes show bgp neighbor routes show bgp neighbor <remoteaddr> {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} [accepted-routes | flap-statistics | received-routes | rejected-routes | suppressed-routes | transmitted-routes] {detail} [all | as-path <path-expression> | community [no-advertise | no-export | no-export-subconfed | number <community_num> | <AS_Num>:<Num> | network [any / <netMaskLen>...
  • Page 870 BGP Commands Usage Guidelines Use this command to display information about a specific BGP neighbor routes or statistics. The option will display all BGP routes whose mask length is equal to network any / <netMaskLen> or greater than , irrespective of their network address. <maskLength>...

  • Page 871: Show Bgp Peer-Group

    show bgp peer-group show bgp peer-group show bgp peer-group {detail | <peer-group-name> {detail}} Description Displays the peer groups configured in the system. Syntax Description detail Specifies to display the information in detailed format. peer-group-name Specifies a peer group. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If the keyword is specified then the parameters of the neighbors in the peer group, which are...

  • Page 872: Show Bgp Routes

    BGP Commands show bgp routes show bgp routes {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} {detail} [all | as-path <path-expression> | community [no-advertise | no-export | no-export-subconfed | number <community_num> | <AS_Num>:<Num> | network [any / <netMaskLen> | <networkPrefixFilter>] {exact} Description Displays the BGP route information base (RIB). Syntax Description address-family The address family.
  • Page 873 show bgp routes History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. options were added in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 any / <netMaskLen> ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 874: Show Bgp Routes Summary

    BGP Commands show bgp routes summary show bgp routes summary {address-family [ipv4-unicast | ipv4-multicast]} Description Displays a summary the BGP route information base (RIB). Syntax Description address-family The address family. BGP supports two address families: IPv4 Unicast and IPv4 Multicast. Default If no address family is specified, IPv4 unicast is the default.

  • Page 875: Show Bgp Memory

    show bgp memory show bgp memory show bgp memory {detail | <memoryType>} Description Displays BGP specific memory usage. Syntax Description detail Displays detail information. memoryType Specifies the memory type usage to display. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays BGP specific memory for all types: show bgp memory detail History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.
  • Page 876 BGP Commands ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 877: Ip Multicast Commands

    IP Multicast Commands IP multicast routing is a function that allows a single IP host to send a packet to a group of IP hosts. This group of hosts can include devices that reside on or outside the local network, or within or across a routing domain.
  • Page 878 You can run either PIM-DM or PIM-SM per VLAN. PIM Mode Interoperation An Extreme Networks switch can function as a PIM multicast border router (PMBR). A PMBR integrates PIM-SM and PIM-DM traffic. When forwarding PIM-DM traffic into a PIM-SM network, the PMBR notifies the RP that the PIM-DM network exists.

  • Page 879: Clear Igmp Group

    clear igmp group clear igmp group clear igmp group {<grpipaddress>} {{vlan} <name>} Description Removes one or all IGMP groups. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. grpipaddress Specifies the group IP address. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines This command can be used by network operations to manually remove learned IGMP group entries instantly.

  • Page 880: Clear Igmp Snooping

    IP Multicast Commands clear igmp snooping clear igmp snooping {{vlan} <name>} Description Removes one or all IGMP snooping entries. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines This command can be used by network operations to manually remove IGMP snooping entries instantly.

  • Page 881: Clear Pim Cache

    clear pim cache clear pim cache clear pim cache {<group_addr> {<source_addr>/<netmask>}} Description Resets the IP multicast cache table. Syntax Description group_addr Specifies a group address. source_addr Specifies a source IP address. netmask Specifies a subnet mask. Default If no options are specified, all IP multicast cache entries are flushed. Usage Guidelines This command can be used by network operators to manually remove IPMC software and hardware forwarding cache entries instantly.

  • Page 882: Configure Igmp

    IP Multicast Commands configure igmp configure igmp <query_interval> <query_response_interval> <last_member_query_interval> {<robustness>} Description Configures the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) timers. Syntax Description query_interval Specifies the interval (in seconds) between general queries. query_response_interval Specifies the maximum query response time (in seconds). last_member_query_interval Specifies the maximum group-specific query response time (in seconds).

  • Page 883: Configure Igmp Snooping Vlan Ports Add Static Group

    configure igmp snooping vlan ports add static group configure igmp snooping vlan ports add static group configure igmp snooping {vlan} <vlanname> ports <portlist> add static group <ip address> Description Configures VLAN ports to receive the traffic from a multicast group, even if no IGMP joins have been received on the port.

  • Page 884: Configure Igmp Snooping Vlan Ports Delete Static Group

    IP Multicast Commands configure igmp snooping vlan ports delete static group configure igmp snooping {vlan} <vlanname> ports <portlist> delete static group [<ip_address> | all] Description Removes the port configuration that causes multicast group traffic to be forwarded, even if no IGMP leaves have been received on the port.

  • Page 885: Configure Igmp Snooping Vlan Ports Add Static Router

    configure igmp snooping vlan ports add static router configure igmp snooping vlan ports add static router configure igmp snooping {vlan} <vlanname> ports <portlist> add static router Description Configures VLAN ports to forward the traffic from all multicast groups, even if no IGMP joins have been received on the port.

  • Page 886: Configure Igmp Snooping Vlan Ports Delete Static Router

    IP Multicast Commands configure igmp snooping vlan ports delete static router configure igmp snooping vlan <vlanname> ports <portlist> delete static router Description Removes the configuration that causes VLAN ports to forward the traffic from all multicast groups, even if no IGMP joins have been received on the port. Syntax Description vlanname Specifies a VLAN name.

  • Page 887: Configure Igmp Snooping Vlan Ports Filter

    configure igmp snooping vlan ports filter configure igmp snooping vlan ports filter configure igmp snooping vlan <vlanname> ports <portlist> filter [<policy> | none] Description Configures an IGMP snooping policy file filter on VLAN ports. Syntax Description vlanname Specifies a VLAN name. portlist Specifies one or more ports or slots and ports.
  • Page 888 IP Multicast Commands Example The following command configures the policy file ap_multicast to filter multicast packets forwarded to VLAN marketing on ports 2:1-2:4: configure igmp snooping marketing ports 2:1-2:4 filter ap_multicast History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 889: Configure Igmp Snooping Flood-List

    configure igmp snooping flood-list configure igmp snooping flood-list configure igmp snooping flood-list [<policy> | none] Description Configures certain multicast addresses to be slow path flooded within the VLAN. Syntax Description policy Specifies a policy file with a list of multicast addresses to be handled. none Specifies no policy file is to be used.
  • Page 890 IP Multicast Commands if { } then { deny; NOTE The switch will not validate any IP address in the policy file used in this command. Therefore, slow-path flooding should be used only for streams which are very infrequent, such as control packets. It should not be used for multicast data packets.

  • Page 891: Configure Igmp Snooping Leave-Timeout

    configure igmp snooping leave-timeout configure igmp snooping leave-timeout configure igmp snooping leave-timeout <leave_timeout_ms> Description Configures the IGMP snooping leave timeout. Syntax Description leave_timeout_ms Specifies an IGMP leave timeout value in milliseconds. Default 1000 ms. Usage Guidelines The range is 0 - 10000 ms (10 seconds). For timeout values of one second or less, you must set the leave-timeout to a multiple of 100 ms.

  • Page 892: Configure Igmp Snooping Timer

    IP Multicast Commands configure igmp snooping timer configure igmp snooping timer <router_timeout> <host_timeout> Description Configures the IGMP snooping timers. Syntax Description router_timeout Specifies the time in seconds between router discovery. host_timeout Specifies the time in seconds between host reports. Default The router timeout default setting is 260 seconds.

  • Page 893: Configure Pim Add Vlan

    configure pim add vlan configure pim add vlan configure pim add vlan [<vlan_name> | all] {dense | sparse} Description Enables PIM on an IP interface. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all VLANs. dense Specifies PIM dense mode (PIM-DM). sparse Specifies PIM sparse mode (PIM-SM).

  • Page 894: Configure Pim Cbsr

    IP Multicast Commands configure pim cbsr configure pim cbsr [{vlan} <vlan_name> {<priority [0-254]} | none] Description Configures a candidate bootstrap router for PIM sparse-mode operation. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. priority Specifies a priority setting. The range is 0 - 254. none Specifies to delete a CBSR.

  • Page 895: Configure Pim Crp Static

    configure pim crp static configure pim crp static configure pim crp static <ip_address> [none | <policy>] {<priority> [0-254]} Description Configures a rendezvous point and its associated groups statically, for PIM sparse mode operation. Syntax Description ip_address Specifies a static CRP address. none Deletes the static rendezvous point.

  • Page 896: Configure Pim Crp Timer

    IP Multicast Commands configure pim crp timer configure pim crp timer <crp_adv_interval> Description Configures the candidate rendezvous point advertising interval in PIM sparse mode operation. Syntax Description crp_adv_interval Specifies a candidate rendezvous point advertising interval in seconds. Default The default is 60 seconds. Usage Guidelines None.

  • Page 897: Configure Pim Crp Vlan

    configure pim crp vlan configure pim crp vlan configure pim crp vlan <vlan_name> [none | <policy>] {<priority>} Description Configures the dynamic candidate rendezvous point for PIM sparse-mode operation. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. none Specifies no policy file. policy Specifies a policy file name.

  • Page 898: Configure Pim Delete Vlan

    IP Multicast Commands configure pim delete vlan configure pim delete vlan [<vlanname> | all] Description Disables PIM on an interface. Syntax Description vlan name Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all VLANs. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables PIM on VLAN accounting: configure pim delete vlan accounting History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 899: Configure Pim Register-Rate-Limit-Interval

    configure pim register-rate-limit-interval configure pim register-rate-limit-interval configure pim register-rate-limit-interval <interval> Description Configures the initial PIM-SM periodic register rate. Syntax Description interval Specifies an interval time in seconds. Range is 0 - 60. Default is 0. Default Default is 0. Usage Guidelines Configuring a non-zero interval time can reduce the CPU load on the first hop switch, in case register stop messages are not received normally.

  • Page 900: Configure Pim Register-Suppress-Interval Register-Probe-Interval

    IP Multicast Commands configure pim register-suppress-interval register-probe-interval configure pim register-suppress-interval <reg-interval> register-probe-interval <probe_interval> Description Configures an interval for periodically sending null-registers. Syntax Description reg-interval Specifies an interval time in seconds. Range is 30 - 200 seconds. Default is probe-interval Specifies an interval time in seconds. Default is 5. Default The following defaults apply: •...

  • Page 901: Configure Pim Register-Checksum-To

    configure pim register-checksum-to configure pim register-checksum-to configure pim register-checksum-to [include-data | exclude-data] Description Configures the checksum computation to either include data (for compatibility with Cisco Systems products) or to exclude data (for RFC-compliant operation), in the register message. Syntax Description include-data Specifies to include data.

  • Page 902: Configure Pim Spt-Threshold

    IP Multicast Commands configure pim spt-threshold configure pim spt-threshold <leaf-threshold> {<rp_threshold>} Description Configures the threshold, in kbps, for switching to SPT. On leaf routers, this setting is based on data packets. On the RP, this setting is based on register packets. Syntax Description leaf-threshold Specifies the rate of traffic in kbps for the last hop.

  • Page 903: Configure Pim Timer Vlan

    configure pim timer vlan configure pim timer vlan configure pim timer <hello_interval> <jp_interval> [{vlan} <vlan_name> | vlan all] Description Configures the global PIM timers on specified VLAN(s). Syntax Description hello_interval Specifies the amount of time before a hello message is sent out by the PIM router.

  • Page 904: Configure Pim Vlan Trusted-Gateway

    IP Multicast Commands configure pim vlan trusted-gateway configure pim [{vlan} <vlan_name> | vlan all] trusted-gateway [<policy> | none] Description Configures a trusted neighbor policy. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. Specifies all VLANs. policy Specifies an policy file name. none Specifies no policy file, so all gateways are trusted.

  • Page 905: Disable Igmp

    disable igmp disable igmp disable igmp {vlan <name>} Description Disables IGMP on a router interface. If no VLAN is specified, IGMP is disabled on all router interfaces. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines IGMP is a protocol used by an IP host to register its IP multicast group membership with a router. Periodically, the router queries the multicast group to see if the group is still in use.

  • Page 906: Disable Igmp Snooping

    IP Multicast Commands disable igmp snooping disable igmp snooping {forward-mcrouter-only | with-proxy | vlan <name>} Description Disables IGMP snooping. Syntax Description forward-mcrouter-only Specifies that the switch forwards all multicast traffic to the multicast router only. Disables the IGMP snooping proxy. with-proxy name Specifies a VLAN.

  • Page 907: Disable Ipmcforwarding

    disable ipmcforwarding disable ipmcforwarding disable ipmcforwarding {vlan <name>} Description Disables IP multicast forwarding on an IP interface. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines If no options are specified, all configured IP interfaces are affected. When new IP interfaces are added, IP multicast forwarding is disabled by default.

  • Page 908: Disable Pim

    IP Multicast Commands disable pim disable pim Description Disables PIM on the system. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command disables PIM on the system: disable pim History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 909: Enable Igmp

    enable igmp enable igmp enable igmp {vlan <vlan name>} Description Enables IGMP on a router interface. If no VLAN is specified, IGMP is enabled on all router interfaces. Syntax Description vlan name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines IGMP is a protocol used by an IP host to register its IP multicast group membership with a router.

  • Page 910: Enable Igmp Snooping

    IP Multicast Commands enable igmp snooping enable igmp snooping {forward-mcrouter-only | vlan <name>} Description Enables IGMP snooping on the switch. Syntax Description forward-mcrouter-only Specifies that the switch forwards all multicast traffic to the multicast router only. name Specifies a VLAN. Default Enabled.
  • Page 911 enable igmp snooping History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 912: Enable Igmp Snooping With-Proxy

    IP Multicast Commands enable igmp snooping with-proxy enable igmp snooping with-proxy Description Enables the IGMP snooping proxy. The default setting is enabled. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Enabled. Usage Guidelines Enabling the proxy allows the switch to suppress the duplicate join requests on a group to forward to the connected layer 3 switch.

  • Page 913: Enable Ipmcforwarding

    enable ipmcforwarding enable ipmcforwarding enable ipmcforwarding {vlan <name>} Description Enables IP multicast forwarding on an IP interface. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines If no options are specified, all configured IP interfaces are affected. When new IP interfaces are added, IPMC forwarding is disabled by default.

  • Page 914: Enable Pim

    IP Multicast Commands enable pim enable pim Description Enables PIM on the system. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command enables PIM on the system: enable pim History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 915: Show Igmp

    show igmp show igmp show igmp {vlan} {<vlan name>} Description This command can be used to display an IGMP-related configuration and group information, per VLAN. Syntax Description vlan name Specifies a VLAN name. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command displays the IGMP configuration: show igmp The following is sample output from this command: IGMP:...
  • Page 916 IP Multicast Commands vcs6 12.2.6.115 -fmiz vcs7 12.2.7.115 -fmiz vcs8 12.2.8.115 -fmiz vhs1 0.0.0.0 U---z vhs2 117.2.2.115 -fmiz vhs3 117.2.3.115 -fmiz vhs4 117.2.4.115 -fmiz vms1 111.1.1.115 Ufmiz Flags: (E) Interface Enabled, (i) IGMP Enabled (m) Multicast Forwarding Enabled (nLeMA) Number of Learned Multicast Addressess (nLRMA) Number of Locally registered Multicast Addresses (U) Interface Up, (z) IGMP Snooping Enabled History...

  • Page 917: Show Igmp Group

    show igmp group show igmp group show igmp group {vlan} {<name>} {<grpipaddress>} Description Lists the IGMP group membership for the specified VLAN. Syntax Description grpipaddress Specifies a group IP address. name Specifies a VLAN name. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If no VLAN is specified all VLANs are displayed. You can also filter the display by group address and by multicast stream sender address.

  • Page 918: Show Igmp Snooping

    IP Multicast Commands show igmp snooping show igmp snooping {vlan <name> | detail | cache} Description Displays IGMP snooping registration information and a summary of all IGMP timers and states. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. detail Displays the information in detailed format. cache Displays the cache setting for IGMP snooping.
  • Page 919 show igmp snooping 5:42 vcs7 4084 vcs8 4083 vhs2 4082 hguo_fo vcs1 4:16 vcs2 4:16 vhs1 1717 4:32 vms1 4:10 4061 sqa_east 4059 History This command was available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 920: Show Igmp Snooping Vlan Filter

    IP Multicast Commands show igmp snooping vlan filter show igmp snooping {vlan} <name> filter Description Displays IGMP snooping filters. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default None. Usage Guidelines Use this command to display IGMP snooping filters configured on the specified VLAN. When no VLAN is specified, all the filters will be displayed.

  • Page 921: Show Igmp Snooping Vlan Static

    show igmp snooping vlan static show igmp snooping vlan static show igmp snooping vlan <name> static [group | router] Description Displays static IGMP snooping entries. Syntax Description name Specifies a VLAN name. Default None. Usage Guidelines Use this command to display IGMP snooping filters configured on the specified VLAN. When no VLAN is specified, all the filters will be displayed.

  • Page 922: Show Pim

    IP Multicast Commands show pim show pim {detail | rp-set {<group_addr>} | vlan <vlan_name>} Description Displays the PIM configuration and statistics. Syntax Description detail Specifies to display the detailed format. group_addr Specifies an IP multicast group. vlan_name Specifies a VLAN name. Default If no VLAN is specified, the configuration is displayed for all PIM interfaces.

  • Page 923: Show Pim Cache

    show pim cache show pim cache show pim cache {detail} {<group_addr> {<source_addr>}} Description Displays the IP multicast forwarding cache. Syntax Description detail Specifies to display the information in detailed format. group_addr Specifies an IP group address. source_addr Specifies an IP source address. netmask Specifies a subnet mask.

  • Page 924: Unconfigure Igmp

    IP Multicast Commands unconfigure igmp unconfigure igmp Description Resets all IGMP settings to their default values and clears the IGMP group table. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command resets all IGMP settings to their default values and clears the IGMP group table: unconfigure igmp History...

  • Page 925: Unconfigure Pim

    unconfigure pim unconfigure pim unconfigure pim {vlan <vlan_name>} Description Resets all PIM settings on one or all VLANs to their default values. Syntax Description vlan_name Specifies the VLAN from which PIM is to be unconfigured. Default If no VLAN is specified, the configuration is reset for all PIM interfaces. Usage Guidelines None.
  • Page 926 IP Multicast Commands ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...
  • Page 927 Configuration and Image Commands This appendix describes commands for: • Downloading and using a new switch software image • Saving, uploading, and downloading switch configuration information • Downloading and installing a new BootROM image and switch rebooting The switch software image contains the executable code that runs on the switch. An image comes preinstalled from the factory.

  • Page 928: Configuration And Image Commands

    Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Upgrade the BootROM image only when asked to do so by an Extreme Networks technical representative. The BootROM image file is a .xbr file, and this file contains the executable code. If this command does not complete successfully it could prevent the switch from booting. In the event the switch does not boot properly, some boot option functions can be accessed through a special Bootloader menu (see the ExtremeWare XOS Concepts Guide).

  • Page 929: Download Image

    Prior to downloading an image on the switch, you must download the image you received from Extreme Networks to a TFTP server on your network. The switch comes with one software image preinstalled at the factory and can store up to two images: a primary and a secondary.
  • Page 930 Configuration and Image Commands • Press [Enter] if you want to cancel the download. Step 1—Viewing the Partition. To view your selected and booted partition, use the following command: show switch Output from this command includes the selected and booted images and if they are in the primary or the secondary partition.
  • Page 931 download image that command, all the functionality, and command line interface (CLI) commands, of the module will be available. Example The following command downloads the switch software image from the TFTP server at 10.10.15.04, from the file named bd10k-11.0.0.25.xos: download image 10.10.15.04 bd10K-11.0.0.25.xos If you download the image into the active partition, you see output similar to the following: Do you want to install image after downloading? (y - yes, n - no, <cr>...

  • Page 932: Install Bootrom

    Configuration and Image Commands install bootrom install bootrom <filename> {reboot} Description Installs a new version of the ExtremeWare XOS bootrom image. Syntax Description filename Specifies the BootROM image file. reboot Reboots the switch after the image is installed. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines When you download a BootROM image, the system asks if you want to install the image immediately after the download is finished.
  • Page 933 install bootrom ............ bootrom written. Bootrom installed successfully History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 11.0. ExtremeWare XOS 11.0 Command Reference Guide...

  • Page 934: Install Image

    Configuration and Image Commands install image install image <fname> {<partition>} {reboot} Description Installs a new version of the ExtremeWare XOS software image. Syntax Description fname Specifies the software image file. partition Specifies which partition the image should be saved to: primary or secondary. Select primary to save the image to the primary partition and secondary to save the image to the secondary partition.
  • Page 935 install image To install a module to the active partition, use the command to install the module. install image Remember, the core image on the active partition must be of the same version as the module. If you reboot the switch, the module will also be activated, but you can activate the module without rebooting the switch by issuing the command.
  • Page 936 Configuration and Image Commands ls {memorycard} Description Lists all current configuration and policy files in the system. Syntax Description memorycard Lists files on the removable compact flash memory card. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to display a list of the current configuration and policy files in the system. For the option, this command lists all the files on the card.
  • Page 937 mv <old-name> <new-name> Description Renames an existing configuration or policy file in the system. Syntax Description old-name Specifies the current name of the configuration or policy file. new-name Specifies the new name of the configuration or policy file. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines If you rename a file with a given extension, remember the following: •...
  • Page 938 Configuration and Image Commands rm <file-name> Description Removes/deletes an existing configuration or policy file from the system. Syntax Description file-name Specifies the name of the configuration or policy file. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines After you delete a configuration or policy file from the system, that file is unavailable to the system. This command also replicates the action from the primary MSM to the backup MSM.

  • Page 939: Run Update

    run update run update run update Description Activates a newly installed modular software package. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines After you install a modular software package to the active partition, issue this command to make the update active.

  • Page 940: Save Configuration

    Configuration and Image Commands save configuration save configuration {primary | secondary | <existing-config> | <new-config>} Description Saves the current configuration from the switch’s runtime memory to non-volatile memory. Syntax Description primary Specifies the primary saved configuration. secondary Specifies the secondary saved configuration. existing-config Specifies an existing user-defined configuration.
  • Page 941 save configuration If you enter , a message similar to the following is displayed: Save configuration cancelled. Example The following command saves the current switch configuration to the configuration file named XOS1: save configuration XOS1 The following command save the current switch configuration to the secondary configuration file: save configuration secondary History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 942: Show Configuration

    Configuration and Image Commands show configuration show configuration {<module-name>} Description Displays a configuration to the terminal. Syntax Description module-name Specifies a module. Usage Guidelines If the output scrolls off the top of the screen, you can use the command to pause the enable clipaging display when the output fills the screen.

  • Page 943: Show Memorycard

    show memorycard show memorycard show memorycard Description Displays whether an external memory card is present. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Usage Guidelines Use this command to verify if there is an external memory card in the switch. Example This command shows whether a memory card is present on the switch: show memorycard...

  • Page 944: Synchronize

    Configuration and Image Commands synchronize synchronize Description Replicates all saved images and configurations from the primary MSM to the backup MSM on the BlackDiamond 10808 switch. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Usage Guidelines This command: 1 Reboots the backup MSM to prepare it for synchronizing with the primary MSM 2 Performs a binary copy of the primary MSM to the backup MSM, including the primary and secondary software images, all configurations and policies, and temporary files 3 Reboots the backup MSM after replication is complete...
  • Page 945 synchronize Example The following example assumes you have already saved your runtime configuration. The following command replicates all saved images and configurations from the master MSM to the backup MSM: synchronize After you enter , status messages similar to the following appear: synchronize Synchronize will reboot the backup MSM, then overwrite all code images and configs with a copy from the master MSM.

  • Page 946: Unconfigure Switch

    Configuration and Image Commands unconfigure switch unconfigure switch {all} Description Returns the switch configuration to its factory default settings and reboots the switch. Syntax Description Specifies that the entire current configuration should be erased, and the switch rebooted. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines to reset the configuration to factory defaults, but without erasing the unconfigure switch...

  • Page 947: Uninstall Image

    uninstall image uninstall image uninstall image <fname> {<partition>} {reboot} Description Uninstalls an ExtremeWare XOS software package. Syntax Description fname Specifies the software package to uninstall. partition Specifies which partition the package was installed to: primary or secondary. Select primary to remove it from the primary partition and secondary to remove it from the secondary partition.

  • Page 948: Use Configuration

    Configuration and Image Commands use configuration use configuration [primary | secondary | <file_name> Description Configures the switch to use a previously saved configuration on the next reboot. Syntax Description primary Specifies the configuration file named primary.cfg. secondary Specifies the configuration file named secondary.cfg. file_name Specifies configuration file named file_name.cfg.
  • Page 949 use configuration Example The following command specifies that the next reboot should use the saved configuration file named XOS1.cfg: use configuration XOS1.cfg The following command specifies that the next reboot should use the configuration saved in the primary partition: use configuration primary History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 950: Use Image

    Configuration and Image Commands use image use image {partition} <partition> Description Configures the switch to use a saved image on the next reboot. Syntax Description partition Specifies which image to use on the next reboot, the one stored on the primary partition, or the one stored on the secondary partition.

  • Page 951: Troubleshooting Commands

    Troubleshooting Commands If you encounter problems when using your switch, ExtremeWare XOS provides troubleshooting commands. Use these commands only under the guidance of Extreme Networks technical personnel. You can contact Extreme Networks technical support at (800) 998-2408 or (408) 579-2826.

  • Page 952: Disable Log Debug-Mode

    Troubleshooting Commands disable log debug-mode disable log debug-mode Description Disables debug mode. The switch stops generating debug events. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines This command disables debug mode. Debug mode must be enabled prior to configuring advanced debugging capabilities.

  • Page 953: Enable Log Debug-Mode

    enable log debug-mode enable log debug-mode enable log debug-mode Description Enables debug mode. The switch generates debug events. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default Disabled. Usage Guidelines This command enables debug mode. Debug mode must be enabled prior to configuring advanced debugging capabilities.

  • Page 954: Nslookup

    Troubleshooting Commands nslookup nslookup <host-name-or-ip> Description Displays the IP address or hostname of the requested host. Syntax Description host-name-or-ip Specifies the hostname or IP address. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines None. Example The following command looks up the IP address of a computer with the name of bigserver.xyz_inc.com: nslookup bigserver.xyz_inc.com History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 955: Run Diagnostics

    run diagnostics run diagnostics run diagnostics [extended | normal] slot [<slot> | A | B] Description Runs normal or extended diagnostics on the slot or management module. Syntax Description extended Runs an extended diagnostic routine. Takes the ports offline, and performs extensive ASIC and packet loopback tests.
  • Page 956 Troubleshooting Commands Example The following command runs normal diagnostics on the I/O module in slot 3 of a BlackDiamond 10808 chassis: run diagnostics normal slot 3 A warning is displayed about the impact of this test, and you have the opportunity to continue or cancel the test.

  • Page 957: Show Diagnostics

    show diagnostics show diagnostics show diagnostics slot [<slot> | A | B] Description Displays the status of the last diagnostic test run on the switch. Syntax Description slot Specifies the slot number of an I/O module. I/O modules are installed in slots 1 through 8.
  • Page 958 Troubleshooting Commands ------------------------------------------------------------------------ CPU System | Passed ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Register Test | Passed ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Memory Test | Passed ------------------------------------------------------------------------ System Test | Passed ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Last Fail: Never Summary: Diagnostics Pass The following command displays the results of module diagnostics for MSM A: show diagnostics slot A The following is sample output from this command: Slotnum A...

  • Page 959: Show Tech

    show tech show tech show tech {all | <area>} {detail} Description Displays the output of various show commands to assist in monitoring and troubleshooting the switch. Syntax Description Indicates all available show command output to be displayed. area Specifies one tech support area. For example, if you want to view STP information, enter stp.
  • Page 960 Troubleshooting Commands This information can be useful for your technical support representative if you experience a problem. Depending on the software version running on your switch, additional or different show command output is displayed. Example The following command displays the show command output on the switch: show tech History This command was first available in ExtremeWare XOS 10.1.

  • Page 961: Top

    Description Displays real-time CPU utilization information by process. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to show the percentage of CPU processing devoted to each process, sampled every 5 seconds. You can change the display by typing a character while the display is active. The following commands are supported: Table 17: TOP interactive command display options Action...

  • Page 962: Upload Debug-Info Memorycard

    Troubleshooting Commands upload debug-info memorycard upload debug-info memorycard Description Copies debug information to the external memory card. Syntax Description This command has no arguments or variables. Default N/A. Usage Guidelines Use this command to copy debug information to the external memory card. The debug information includes log files and core files.
  • Page 963 Index of Commands configure bgp delete aggregate-address configure bgp delete confederation-peer check policy sub-AS-number clear access-list counter configure bgp delete network clear bgp flap-statistics configure bgp export shutdown-priority clear bgp neighbor counters configure bgp import-policy clear bgp neighbor flap-statistics configure bgp local-preference clear counters configure bgp med clear counters edp...
  • Page 964 Index of Commands configure bootprelay delete configure igmp snooping vlan ports add configure cli max-failed-logins static group configure cli max-sessions configure igmp snooping vlan ports add configure diffserv examination code-point static router configure diffserv replacement configure igmp snooping vlan ports delete configure dns-client add static group configure dns-client default-domain...
  • Page 965 Index of Commands configure ospf cost configure rip vlan txmode configure ospf delete virtual-link configure sflow agent ipaddress configure ospf delete vlan configure sflow collector ipaddress configure ospf import-policy configure sflow max-cpu-sample-limit configure ospf lsa-batch-interval configure sflow poll-interval configure ospf metric-table configure sflow ports sample-rate configure ospf priority configure sflow sample-rate...
  • Page 966 Index of Commands configure stpd ports priority create bgp peer-group configure stpd priority create eaps configure stpd tag create esrp configure sys-health-check interval create fdbentry vlan ports configure syslog add create log filter configure syslog delete create ospf area configure sys-recovery-level create protocol configure tacacs server client-ip create stpd...
  • Page 967 Index of Commands disable dot1p replacement ports disable ssh2 disable eaps disable stpd disable edp ports disable stpd auto-bind disable esrp disable stpd ports disable icmp address-mask disable stpd rapid-root-failover disable icmp parameter-problem disable sys-health-check disable icmp port-unreachables disable syslog disable icmp redirects disable tacacs disable icmp time-exceeded...
  • Page 968 Index of Commands enable icmp time-exceeded enable syslog enable icmp timestamp enable tacacs enable icmp unreachables enable tacacs accounting enable icmp useredirects enable tacacs-authorization enable idletimeout enable telnet enable igmp enable udp-echo-server enable igmp snooping enable use-ip-router-alert enable igmp snooping with-proxy enable vrrp vrid enable iparp checking enable watchdog...
  • Page 969 Index of Commands show bgp neighbor show ospf ase-summary show bgp neighbor accepted-routes show ospf interfaces show bgp neighbor flap-statistics show ospf interfaces detail show bgp neighbor received-routes show ospf memory show bgp neighbor rejected-routes show ospf neighbor show bgp neighbor routes show ospf virtual-link show bgp neighbor suppressed-routes show pim...
  • Page 970 Index of Commands show tacacs uninstall image show tacacs-accounting upload debug-info memorycard show tech upload log show temperature use configuration show version use image show virtual-router show vlan show vlan dhcp-address-allocation virtual-router show vlan dhcp-config show vlan stpd show vman show vr show vrrp show vrrp vlan...

This manual is also suitable for:

Extremeware xos 11.0

Table of Contents

Save PDF